M1 Ial Ms PDF

Mark Scheme (Results)
Summer 2015
Pearson Edexcel GCE in Mechanics 1

(6677_01)
Edexcel and BTEC Qualifications
Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are awarded by Pearson, the UK’s largest awarding body. We
provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational, occupational and specific
programmes for employers. For further information visit our qualifications websites at
www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively, you can get in touch with us using the
details on our contact us page at www.edexcel.com/contactus.
Pearson: helping people progress, everywhere
Pearson aspires to be the world’s leading learning company. Our aim is to help everyone
progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of learning, for all kinds of
people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for over 150 years,
and by working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international reputation
for our commitment to high standards and raising achievement through innovation in education.
Find out more about how we can help you and your students at: www.pearson.com/uk
Summer 2015
Publications Code UA042148
All the material in this publication is copyright
© Pearson Education Ltd 2015
General Marking Guidance
 All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners

must mark the first candidate in exactly the same way as they mark
the last.
 Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be
rewarded for what they have shown they can do rather than
penalised for omissions.
 Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not
according to their perception of where the grade boundaries may lie.
 There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark
scheme should be used appropriately.
 All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded.
Examiners should always award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the
answer matches the mark scheme. Examiners should also be
prepared to award zero marks if the candidate’s response is not
worthy of credit according to the mark scheme.
 Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide
the principles by which marks will be awarded and exemplification
may be limited.
 Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate
has replaced it with an alternative response.
PEARSON EDEXCEL GCE MATHEMATICS
General Instructions for Marking
1. The total number of marks for the paper is 75.
2. The Edexcel Mathematics mark schemes use the following types of marks:
‘M’ marks
These are marks given for a correct method or an attempt at a correct method. In
Mechanics they are usually awarded for the application of some mechanical principle to
produce an equation.
e.g. resolving in a particular direction, taking moments about a point, applying a suvat
equation, applying the conservation of momentum principle etc.
The following criteria are usually applied to the equation.
To earn the M mark, the equation

(i) should have the correct number of terms
(ii) be dimensionally correct i.e. all the terms need to be dimensionally correct
e.g. in a moments equation, every term must be a ‘force x distance’ term or ‘mass x
distance’, if we allow them to cancel ‘g’ s.
For a resolution, all terms that need to be resolved (multiplied by sin or cos) must be
resolved to earn the M mark.
M marks are sometimes dependent (DM) on previous M marks having been earned.
e.g. when two simultaneous equations have been set up by, for example, resolving in two
directions and there is then an M mark for solving the equations to find a particular
quantity – this M mark is often dependent on the two previous M marks having been
earned.
‘A’ marks
These are dependent accuracy (or sometimes answer) marks and can only be awarded if
the previous M mark has been earned. E.g. M0 A1 is impossible.
‘B’ marks
These are independent accuracy marks where there is no method (e.g. often given for a
comment or for a graph)
A few of the A and B marks may be f.t. – follow through – marks.

3. General Abbreviations
These are some of the traditional marking abbreviations that will appear in the mark
schemes.
 bod – benefit of doubt

 ft – follow through
 the symbol will be used for correct ft
 cao – correct answer only
 cso - correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the question to
obtain this mark
 isw – ignore subsequent working
 awrt – answers which round to
 SC: special case
 oe – or equivalent (and appropriate)
 dep – dependent
 indep – independent
 dp decimal places
 sf significant figures
  The answer is printed on the paper
 The second mark is dependent on gaining the first mark
4. All A marks are ‘correct answer only’ (cao.), unless shown, for example, as A1 ft to
indicate that previous wrong working is to be followed through. After a misread
however, the subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft, but manifestly absurd
answers should never be awarded A marks.
5. For misreading which does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify
it, deduct two from any A or B marks gained, in that part of the question affected.
6. If a candidate makes more than one attempt at any question:

 If all but one attempt is crossed out, mark the attempt which is NOT crossed
out.
 If either all attempts are crossed out or none are crossed out, mark all the
attempts and score the highest single attempt.
7. Ignore wrong working or incorrect statements following a correct answer.

General Principles for Mechanics Marking
(But note that specific mark schemes may sometimes override these general principles)
 Rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dimensionally correct; all terms that need
resolving (i.e. multiplied by cos or sin) are resolved.
 Omission or extra g in a resolution is an accuracy error not method error.
 Omission of mass from a resolution is a method error.
 Omission of a length from a moments equation is a method error.
 Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an accuracy error.
 DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a previous
specified method mark has been awarded.
 Any numerical answer which comes from use of g = 9.8 should be given to 2 or 3 SF.
 Use of g = 9.81 should be penalised once per (complete) question.
N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised once

per complete question. However, premature approximation should be penalised every
time it occurs.
 Marks must be entered in the same order as they appear on the mark scheme.
 In all cases, if the candidate clearly labels their working under a particular part of a
question i.e. (a) or (b) or (c),……then that working can only score marks for that part of
the question.
 Accept column vectors in all cases.
 Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it,
deduct two from any A or B marks gained, bearing in mind that after a misread, the
subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft
 Mechanics Abbreviations
M(A) Taking moments about A.
N2L Newton’s Second Law (Equation of Motion)
NEL Newton’s Experimental Law (Newton’s Law of Impact)
HL Hooke’s Law
SHM Simple harmonic motion
PCLM Principle of conservation of linear momentum
RHS, LHS Right hand side, left hand side.

Question Scheme Marks
Number
1(a) m.5u km.u M1 A1
m.5u  kmu   
2 2
k 5 A1
(3)
(b)  5u  u  M1 A1
For P : I  m   5u  OR For Q : I  km   u 
 2  2 
15mu 15mu A1 (3)
 
2 2
6
Notes
1(a) M1 for attempt at CLM equation, with correct no. of terms,
dimensionally correct. Allow consistent extra g’s and cancelled m’s
and u’s and sign errors.
First A1 for a correct equation with or without m’s and u’s
Second A1 for k = 5
N.B. They may find the impulse on each particle and then equate the
impulses to produce an equation. Apply the scheme to this equation.
1(b) M1 for attempt at impulse = difference in momenta, for either
particle, (must be considering one particle) (M0 if g’s are included or if
m or u omitted) Allow m( 52 u  5u) or  km( 12 u  u) .
First A1 for m( 52 u  5u) or  km( 12 u  u)
A1 for 7.5mu oe cao ( -7.5mu is A0) Allow change of sign at end to
obtain magnitude
Number
2(a) 02  19.62  2  gH M1
H  19.6m (20) A1 (2)
(b) 14.7  19.6t  12 gt 2 M1 A1
t 2  4t  3  0
 t  1 t  3  0 DM1
t  1 or 3; Answer 2 s A1; A1 (5)
7
2(b) (their h - 14.7) = ½ g t2 OR v2 = 19.62 – 2g x 14.7 => v = (±) 9.8 M1 A1
t =1 and 0 9.8 – 9.8 t => t = 1 A1
ALT 1 Total = 2 x their 1 DM 1
= 2s A1
2 2
2(b) v = 19.6 – 2g x 14.7 M1
v = ± 9.8 A1
EITHER: - 9.8 = 9.8 – gT DM1 A1

ALT 2/3 T=2 A1
OR: 0 = 9.8t - ½ g t2 DM1 A1

t = (0) or 2 A1
Notes
2(a) M1 is for a complete method (which could involve use of two suvat
equations) for finding H i.e. for an equation in H only, condone sign
errors
A1 for 19.6 or 20 correctly obtained (2g is A0)
2(b) First M1 is for a quadratic equation in t only (where t is time at 14.7
above O)
First A1 for a correct equation
Second DM1, dependent on first M1, for solving for t
Second A1 for both values of t , 1 and 3.
N.B. If answer(s) are wrong or have come from an incorrect quadratic,
and the quadratic formula has been used, M1 can only be awarded if
there is clear evidence that the correct formula has been used. If their
expression is not correct for their quadratic, allow a slip but only if we
see an attempt to substitute into a stated correct formula.
Third A1 for 2 s
N.B. Obtaining t = 1 at s = 14.7 (above O) only, can score max M1 A1
Number
3 TP cos55  TQ cos35 M1 A1
M1 A1
TP sin55  TQ sin 35  2g
M1
Eliminating TP or TQ
TP  16N or 16.1N; TQ  11N or 11.2N A1 A1
7
ALT 1  Along RP  TP  2g cos35  16N or 16.1N M1 M1 A1 A1
 Along RQ  TQ  2g cos55  11N or 11.2N M1 A1 A1

Notes
First M1 for resolving horizontally with correct no. of terms and both
TP and TQ terms resolved. (M0 if they assume TP = TQ)
First A1 for a correct equation.
Second M1 for resolving vertically with correct no. of terms and both
TP and TQ terms resolved. (M0 if they assume TP = TQ)
Second A1 for a correct equation.
Third M1 (independent) for eliminating either TP or TQ
Third A1 for TP = 16 (N) or 16.1 (N)
Fourth A1 for TQ = 11 (N) or 11.2 (N)
N.B. If both are given to more than 3SF, deduct the third A1.
ALT 1 Alternative 1 (resolving along each string)
First M2 for resolving along one of the strings (e.g. TP =2gcos35o)
First A1 for a correct equation (TP =2gsin35o scores M2A0A0)
Third A1 for TP = 16 (N) or 16.1 (N)
Third M1 for resolving along the other string (e.g. TQ =2gcos55o)
Second A1 for a correct equation (TQ =2gsin55o scores M1A0A0)
Fourth A1 for TQ = 11 (N) or 11.2 (N)
ALT 2 Alternative 2 (using a Triangle of Forces)

Both of the equations in Alternative 1 could come from using
sohcahtoa or The Sine Rule on a triangle of forces, so mark in the
same way.
Note that, in either case, once they have found either TP or TQ , they
could then use TP = TQ tan55o or TQ = TP tan55o to find the other one.
(Note that both of these are equivalent to the horizontal resolution) or
Pythagoras.
e.g. TP =2gcos35o M2 First A1
= 16 (N) or 16.1 (N) Third A1
o 2 2
TQ = TP tan 35 or √{(2g) - (TP) } M1 Second A1
= 11 (N) or 11.2 (N) Fourth A1
N.B. If they are clearly using The Sine Rule but have say 35o, 55o and
80o in their triangle, all 3 M marks would be available and at most 1 A
mark
2gsin 55
e.g. TP  M2 A0A0
sin 80
T sin 35
TQ  P M1 SecondA1 A0
sin 55
Number
4(a) For crate, 55g  473  55a M1 A1
a  1.2m s 2 A1 (3)
(b) For system, 55g  200g  T  150  255a M1 A2
M agnitude  2040 N or 2000 N A1
OR
For lift, 200g  473  150  T  200a M1 A2

M agnitude  2040 N or 2000 N A1 (4)
7
Notes
4(a) M1 for an equation in a only, with usual rules.
Second A1 for 1.2 (m s-2 ). Allow – 1.2 (m s-2) if appropriate
4(b) M1 for an equation, in T and a , for the system or the lift only, with
usual rules. (a does not need to be a numerical value)
A2 (-1 each error) for a correct equation (Allow ± T). We do not need
to see a numerical value for a.
Third A1 for 2040 (N) or 2000 (N)
N.B. In both parts of this question use the mass which is being used to
guide you as to which part of the system is being considered.
Number
5(a) TA  TC  85g
M1 A1
OR M  A  , 25g  2.5  60g  5  4.5  TC
OR M  C  , TA  4.5  60g  0.5  25g  2
OR M  B  , TA  5  TC  0.5  25g  2.5
M1 A1
OR M  G  , TA  2.5  60g  2.5  2  TC
40g 725g
TA   44N or 43.6N; TC   790N or 789 N A1; A1 (6)
9 9
(b) M  C  , 25g  2  Mg  0.5 M1 A1
(i) M  100 A1
(ii) Tc  25g  100g M1 A1
Tc  125g 1200 or 1230  N B1 (6) 12
Notes
5(a) First M1 for a moments or vertical resolution equation, with correct no.
of terms and dimensionally correct.
Second M1 for a moments equation, with correct no. of terms and
dimensionally correct.
Third A1 for 44 (N) or 43.6 (N) or 40g/9
Fourth A1 for 790 (N) or 789 (N) or 725g/9
Deduct 1 mark for inexact multiples of g
N.B. If they assume that both tensions are the same, can only score
max M1 in (a) for M(A) or M(C).
If a vertical resolution is used, please give marks for this equation
FIRST. If not, enter marks for each moments equation in the order in
which they appear.
5(b) SCHEME CHANGE
B1 BECOMES THE FOURTH A1
First M1 for a moments equation with TA = 0
Second A1 for M = 100
Second M1 for a(nother) moments or vertical resolution equation with
TA = 0
Third A1 for a correct equation
Fourth A1 (B1) for TC = 125g or 1230 (N) or 1200 (N)
N.B. Some candidates may need to solve 2 simult. equations in M and
TC and so will earn the ‘equation’ marks before they earn Second and
Fourth A (B) marks.
If a vertical resolution is used, please give marks for this equation
SECOND. If not, enter marks for each moments equation in the order
in which they appear.
The possible equations are:

TC = 25g + Mg
M(C), 25g x 2 = Mg x 0.5
M(A), 25g x 2.5 + 5Mg = 4.5 TC
M(B), 25g x 2.5 = TC x 0.5
M(G), TC x 2 = Mg x 2.5
Any two of these can each earn M1A1 (M0 if incorrect no. of terms)
Then Second A1 for M = 100
And Fourth A1 (B1) for TC = 125g or 1230 or 1200
N.B. No marks in (b) if they use any answers from (a) or M = 60

Question
Number Scheme Marks
6(a) r   3i  4 j m B1 (1)
(b) 3.4  2T  3 or  12  4  5T M1 A1
T  3.2
A1 (3)
(c) r   3i  4 j  t  2i  5 j M1
v   2i  5 j A1
speed  2 2
  5 
2
 29  5.4m s 1 or better M1 A1 (4)
8
Alt (c)
s  6.4 2   16   17.23...

2
M1 A1
17.23 M1 A1 (4)
 speed   5.4 or better
3.2
Notes
6(a) Allow column vectors throughout. B1 for (3i  4 j) (m)
(b) M1 for a clear attempt at

either 3.4 (i)= (2T – 3) (i) or -12(j) = (4 – 5T) (j)
First A1 for a correct equation (either) without i’s and j’s
A1 for 3.2 oe
6.4i  16 j
N.B. T  = 3.2 scores M1A1A1 BUT if RHS is not a single
2i  5 j
number, then M0. Also, if they get 3.2 and another value and don’t
clearly choose 3.2 then A0
(c) First M1 for a complete method for finding v
e.g. r  (3i  4 j)  t(2i  5 j) so v = 2i – 5j
(3.4i  12j)  (3i  4j)
OR: v 
their T
dr
OR: v   2i  5 j
dt
First A1 for 2i  5 j ; M1A1 can be awarded for 2i  5 j only.
Second M1 for attempt to find magnitude of their v, i.e. 2 2  (5)2
Second A1 for √29 or 5.4 or better
OR
First M1 for attempt to find distance travelled:
d = (3  3.4)2  (4  12)2
First A1 if correct
Second M1 for their d / their T
Second A1 for √29 or 5.4 or better
Number
7(a)
B1 (shape)
B1 (V)
(2)
V
(b)
(i) (ii) V 1
  t1  2V s; t2  4V s M1 A1; A1
t1 2
(iii) t 3  300  2V  4V  300  6V s M1 A1 (5)
(c) V  300  300  6V  1 1 M1 A1 ft

6300  or 2V .V  (300  6V ).V  4V .V
2 2 2
2 A1
V  100V  2100  0
M1 A1
V  30 V  70  0
V  30 or 70
A1 (6)
V  30   50 
13
Notes
7(a) B1 for a trapezium with line starting and finishing on the t-axis
B1 for V correctly marked
(b) First M1 for a correct method
First A1 for V/0.5 oe
Second A1 for V/0.25 oe
Second M1 for (300 – sum of previous answers) Allow 5 instead of
300.
Third A1 for 300 – 6V oe
(c) First M1 for using the area under the curve (distance travelled) to form
an equation in V only. (Allow use of 6.3 but must see ½ used at least
once in their expression.)
First A1 ft on their answers in (b) for a correct equation so must have
used 6300 not 6.3
Second A1 for correct equation in form aV 2  bV  c  0
Second M1 for solving a 3 term quadratic. (Can be implied by correct
answers)
Second A1 for either 30 or 70
Third A1 for 30 as final answer.
N.B. If answer(s) are wrong or have come from an incorrect quadratic,
and the quadratic formula is used, M1 can only be awarded if there is
clear evidence that the correct formula has been used. i.e. we need to
see numbers substituted into a stated correct formula.
Number
8(a) R  4g cos  M1 A1
T  0.5g  0.5a
M1 A1
4g sin   T  F  4a M1 A1
(OR: 4g sin   F  0.5g  4.5a)
1 4 3 B1; B1
F R; sin   or cos  
2 5 5
Eliminating a or finding a
M1
Solving for T (must have had an a) M1
2g
T N or 6.5N or 6.53N A1
3
(11)
(b)  90   
Magnitude  2T cos  M1 A1
 2 
2g 3
2x x (0.94868..) A1 ft on T
3 10
 4g  A1 (4)
 12N or 12.4N  
10  15
Notes
8(a) First M1 for resolving perp to plane, with usual criteria
Second M1 for resolving vertically, with usual criteria
Second A1 for a correct equation, in terms of a and T
Third M1 for resolving parallel to the slope, with usual criteria.
Third A1 for a correct equation , in terms of a, F and T
N.B. Their a could be UP the slope in which case all 4 marks for the 2
equations are available with –a replacing a, provided they are
consistent. If they are inconsistent, then assume the vertical resolution
is the correct one and mark accordingly.
Either of the above two equations can be replaced by the ‘whole
system’ equation
N.B. If they use a = 0, in any of the above 3 equations, and they
use the equation to find T, they lose both marks for that equation,
and they lose the two M marks for eliminating and solving.
First B1 for F  12 R seen or implied;
Second B1 for sin  = 0.8 or cos  = 0.6 seen or implied. Allow close
approximations if  = 53.1o… used.
Fourth M1 independent for eliminating a or finding a.
Fifth M1 for solving for T but must have had an a.
Fourth A1 for 2g/3, 6.5 or 6.53.
(b)
First M1 for a complete method for finding the magnitude of the
resultant (N.B. M0 if same tensions used)
 90 o    
2T cos   .Allow sin/cos confusion and allow 2T cos  
 2   2
OR (T  T sin  )2  (T cos  )2 . Allow sin/cos confusion and allow
omission of √ sign, but only if R2 = ……. is included
OR T 2  T 2  2T 2 cos(90 o   ) . Allow ( 90 o   ) but must be cos and
and allow omission of √ sign, but only if R2 =…….is included
T sin(90   )
OR . (Sine Rule) Allow sign errors in angles but must
 90o   
sin  
 2 
be sin
First A1 for correct expression in terms of T and 
Second A1, ft on their T, for a ‘correct’ single numerical answer
Third A1 cao for 12 (N) or 12.4 (N)
Pearson Education Limited. Registered company number 872828
with its registered office at 80 Strand, London, WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom
Summer 2016

(6677_01)
Summer 2016
Publications Code 6677_01_1606_MS

the last.
may be limited.
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


time it occurs.
the question.
HL Hooke’s Law

Number
1(a) tanq = 205 M1
q = 14.036..0 A1
q = 104 nearest degree
0 A1 (3)
(b)
p = 400i + t(15i + 20 j) M1 A1
q = 800 j + t(20i - 5 j) A1 (3)
(c) Equate their j components: 20t(j) = (800 - 5t)(j) M1

t  32 A1
M1
s = 800 j + 32(20i - 5 j)
A1 (4)
= 640i + 640 j 10
Notes
1(a)
Allow column vectors throughout
M1 for tanq = ± 205 or ± 205 (or any other complete method)
First A1 for ± 14.04o or ± 75.96o
Second A1 for 104o
1(b) M1 for clear attempt at either p or q (allow slip but t must be attached
(i)
to the velocity vector and position vector and velocity vector must be
(ii) paired up correctly)
First A1 400i + t(15i + 20j) “p =” not needed but must be clear it’s P
Second A1 800 j + t(20i - 5j) “q =” not needed but must be clear it’s Q
1(c) First M1 for equating their j components; allow j’s on both sides
First A1 for t = 32
Second M1 independent for substituting their t value into their q from
(b)
Second A1 for 640i + 640j
Number
2(a) T  0.5 g  1.5 g  2  0.5 M1 A1
T  20.6 (N) or 21 (N)
A1 (3)
(b)
R - 1.5g = 1.5 ´ 0.5 M1 A1
A1 (3)
Force = 15.5 (N) or 15 (N)
OR
OR: T - R - 0.5g = 0.5 ´ 0.5 M1 A1
Force = 15.5 (N) or 15 (N) A1 (3)

6
Notes
2(a) N.B. In both parts of this question use the mass which is being used to
guide you as to which part of the system is being considered
M1 is for an equation for whole system in T only, with usual rules

Second A1 for 20.6 or 21
2(b) First M1 is for an equation for the brick only (1st alternative) or for the
scale pan only (2nd alternative) with usual rules.
First A1 for a correct equation (in the second alternative T does not
need to be substituted)
Second A1 for 15.5 or 15
N.B. If R is replaced by - R in either equation, can score M1A1. This
would lead to R = -15.5 or -15. The second A1 can then only be scored
if the candidate explains why the –ve sign is being ignored.
Number
3. F  18  0.4 g M1
- 18 ´ 0.4g = 0.4 a M1 A1
M1 A1
0 = u 2 + 2 ( - 18 g ) ´ 5
I  0.4  (3.5  4)  3Ns M1 A1
Notes
3. First M1 for 1/8 x 0.4g (Allow if g omitted)
Second M1 for resolving horizontally with their F (could just be F)
First A1 for a correct equation in a only
Third M1 for use of v2 = u 2 + 2as with v = 0, s = 5 and a calculated
value of a. (M0 if u = 4 or if u = 0)
Second A1 for a correct equation in u only (u may be in terms of I)
Fourth M1 (M0 if g included or if u = 0 or u = 4) for ±0.4(u - ±4)
where u is their calculated value.
Third A1 for 3, 3.0 or 3.00 (Ns)
Alternative work –energy method:

F = (1/8 x 0.4g) M1
2 1
: ½ 0.4u = ( /8 x 0.4g) x 5 M2 A2 (M2 if F not substituted)
I = 0.4 x (3.5 - -4) M1
= 3 (Ns) A1
Number
4(a)
40
B1 shape (M)
30
B1 figs (40,T)
B1 shape (N)
B1 figs (30,25)
(4)
0 T 25
(b)
1
2 (25 + 25 + t).30 = 975 OR 1
2 (25 + t1 ).30 = 975 M1 A1
For N:
t = 15 t1 = 40 DM1 A1
M1 A1
1
2 (25 + t + T ).40 = 975 OR 1
2 (t1 + T ).40 = 975
For M: 35
T = 8.75 (8 43 or oe) DM1 A1 (8)
4
12
ALTERNATIVE: They may find t or t1 , in terms of T, from their (M)

equation , and substitute for t or t1 in their (N) equation, and then solve
for T:
For M: 1
2
(25 + t + T ).40 = 975 OR 1
2
(t1 + T ).40 = 975 M1 A1
t = ( 1950
40
- 25 - T ) t1 = ( 1950
40
-T) DM1 A1
For N : 1
2
(25 + 25 + t).30 = 975 OR 1
2
(25 + t1 ).30 = 975 M1 A1
s ub for t or sub for t1

35
T = 8.75 (8 43 or oe) DM1 A1 (8)
4
12
Notes
4(a) First B1 (M) for correct shape – must start and finish on the axes.
Second B1 for 40 and T marked clearly (if delineators omitted B0) and
correctly
Third B1 (N) for correct shape – must start and finish on the axes.
Fourth B1 for 30 and 25 (if delineators omitted B0) marked clearly and
correctly
N.B. If graphs do not cross and/or do not finish at the same point, max
score is B1B1B0B1.
N.B. If graphs done on separate diagrams, mark each and award the
higher mark i.e. can score max 2/4 for part (a).
4(b) N.B. When attempting to find the area of a triangle, must see ½ x ….
to be able to award an M mark i.e. M0 if ½ is missing
N.B. When attempting to find the area of a trapezium,
must see something of the form : ½ x (a + b)h to be able to award an
M mark i.e. M0 if ½ is missing and bracket is not a sum
First M1 for attempt at using 975m distance travelled by N to obtain an

equation in one unknown time (usually extra time t after 25 s, but
could, for example, be whole time t1) .They may use the area under
their graph or use suvat (N.B. Any single suvat equn using s = 975 is
M0).
First A1 for a correct equation in their unknown time
e.g. (30 x 25) + ½ 30t = 975 OR (30 x 25) + ½ 30 (t1 – 25) = 975
Second M1, dependent on first M, for solving their equation
Second A1 for a correct value for their unknown.
Third M1 for attempt at using 975m distance travelled by M to obtain

an equation in T and possibly one other unknown time (usually extra
time t after 25 s, but could, for example, be whole time t1). They may
use the area under their graph or use suvat (N.B. Any suvat equn using
s = 975 is M0)
Third A1 for a correct equation in T and possibly their unknown.

This A1 can be earned if they just have a letter for their unknown :-
e.g. 40T + ½ 40.(25 + t – T) = 975 OR 40T + ½ 40.( t1 – T) = 975
or for an incorrect numerical value in place of t or t1.
Fourth M1, dependent on first, second and third M’s, for solving for T.
Fourth A1 for 8.75 or 35/4 or any other equivalent
SEE MARKS FOR ALTERNATIVE ABOVE.

Number
5.
mR B1
R = 2 g cos 20 + 40 cos 60
o o M1 A2
F = 40 cos 30 o - 2 g cos 70 o M1 A2
40 cos 30 - 2 g cos 70
o o
m= M1 M1
2 g cos 20 o + 40 cos 60 o
= 0.73 or 0.727 A1
10
Notes
5. B1 for R seen or implied.
First M1 for resolving perpendicular to the plane with usual rules
(must be using 2(g) with 200 or 700 and 40 with 300 or 600)
First and second A1’s for a correct equation. A1A0 if one error
Second M1 for resolving parallel to the plane with usual rules
(must be using 2(g) with 200 or 700 and 40 with 300 or 600)
Third and fourth A1’s for a correct equation. A1A0 if one error
Third M1 independent for eliminating R to produce an equation in
only. Does not need to be = ….
Fourth M1 independent for solving for 
Fifth A1 for 0.727 or 0.73
N.B. They may choose to resolve in 2 other directions e.g.
horizontally and vertically.
N.B. If F is replaced by –F in the second equn, treat this as an error
unless they subsequently explain that they have their F acting in the
wrong direction, in which case they could score full marks for the
question.
Number
6.
dm
A 0.5m S G T 2m B
30 g
M (S) : Mg ´ 0.5 = 30g(d - 0.5) M1 A1

M1 A1
M (T ) : Mg ´ 2 = 30g(4 - d)
(4 - d) DM1 A1
dividing: 4= => (i) d = 1.2
(d - 0.5)
A1
=> (ii) M = 42
6. Notes
N.B. They may use a different variable, other than d, in their moments
equations
e.g. say they use x = SG consistently, they can score all the marks for
their two equations and if they eliminate x correctly, DM1 A1 (for M),
and, if they found x correctly, then added 0.5 to obtain d, the other A1
also.
First M1 for moments about S (need correct no. of terms, so if they

don’t realise that the reaction at T is zero it’s M0) to give an equation
in d and M only.
First A1 for a correct first equation in d and M only. (A1 for both g’s
or no g’s but A0 if one g is missing )
N.B. They may use 2 equations and eliminate to obtain their equation
in d and M only
e.g. M(A) 0.5RS = 30gd and (^) RS = 30g + Mg and then eliminate RS.
The M mark is only earned once they have produced an equation in d
and M only, with all the usual rules about correct no. of terms etc
applying to all the equations they use to obtain it.
Second M1 for moments about T (need correct no. of terms, so if they
don’t realise that the reaction at S is zero it’s M0) to give an equation
in d and M only
Second A1 for a correct second equation in d and M only. (A1 for both
g’s or no g’s but A0 if one g is missing )
N.B. They may use 2 equations and eliminate to obtain their equation
in d and M only
e.g. M(B) 2RT = 30g(6 - d) and (^) RT = 30g + Mg and then eliminate
RT.
The M mark is only earned once they have produced an equation in d
and M only, with all the usual rules about correct no. of terms etc
applying to all the equations they use to obtain it.
Third M1, dependent on 1st and 2nd M marks, for eliminating either M
or d to produce an equation in either d only or M only.
Third A1 for (d =) 1.2 oe (N.B. Neither this A mark nor the next one
can be awarded if there are any errors in the equations.)
Beware: If one g is missing consistently from each of their equations,
they can obtain d = 1.2 but award A0
Fourth A1 for (M =) 42
Scenario 1: Below are the possible equations, (if they don’t use M(S)),
any two of which can be used, by eliminating RS , to obtain an equation
in d and M only , for the first M1.
N.B. If RT appears in any of these and doesn’t subsequently become
zero then it’s M0.
M(A) 0.5RS = 30gd
M(B) 5.5RS = 30g(6 – d) + 6Mg
M(T) 3.5RS = 30g(4 – d) + 4Mg
(^) RS = 30g + Mg
Scenario 2: Below are the possible equations, (if they don’t use M(T)),
any two of which can be used, by eliminating RT , to obtain an equation
in d and M only , for the second M1.
N.B. If RS appears in any of these and doesn’t subsequently become
zero then it’s M0.
M(A) 4RT = 30gd + 6Mg
M(B) 2RT = 30g(6 – d)
M(S) 3.5RT = 30g(d – 0.5) + 5.5Mg
(^) RT = 30g + Mg
Number
7(a)
F2 = ki + kj B1
(-1+ a)i + (2 + b)j M1

-1+ a 1
= DM1 A1
2+b 3
a = b = k = 2.5; F2 = 2.5i + 2.5j DM1 A1; A1
(7)
ALTERNATIVE:
F2 = ki + kj B1
(-1+ a)i + (2 + b)j = p(i + 3j) M1 for LHS

-1+ a = p
DM1 A1
2 + b = 3p
a = b = k = 2.5; F2 = 2.5i + 2.5j DM1 A1; A1
(7)
(b)
v = 3i - 22 j + 3(3i + 9 j) M1
A1
= 12 i + 5 j
v = 12 2 + 5 2 = 13 ms -1 M1 A1 cso (4)
11
Notes
7(a) B1 for F2 = ki + kj (k ≠ 1) seen or implied in working, including for an
incorrect final answer, with the wrong k value.
First M1 for adding the 2 forces (for this M mark we only need
F2 = ai + bj), with i’s and j’s collected (which can be implied by later
working) but allow a slip.
(M0 if a and b both assumed to be 1)
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for ratio of their cpts = 1/3 or 3/1
(Must be correct way up for the M mark)
First A1 for a correct equation which may involve two unknowns
Third M1, dependent on first and second M1, for solving for k oe
Second A1 for a correct k value
Third A1 for 2.5i + 2.5 j
ALTERNATIVE: Using two simultaneous equations
B1 for F2 = ki + kj (k ≠ 1) seen or implied in working.

First M1 for adding the 2 forces (for this M mark we only need
F2 = ai + bj), with i’s and j’s collected (LHS of equation) (M0 if a and
b both assumed to be 1) but allow a slip
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for equating coeffs to produce two
equations in 2 or 3 unknowns. Must have p and 3p ( M0 if p is
assumed to be 1 or k)
First A1 for two correct equations
ALTERNATIVE: Using magnitudes and directions
(900 - )
k√2
b
450 a

2 √5 450

1 Fk2 =45
sin ki0k +==kj
22k 2.5; F
5sin(9050 2-=a2.5i
) , +a2.5 j
= arctan2
F2 = ki + kj, seen or implied

B1
Correct vector triangle M1
k 2 5
= , a = arctan2 DM1 A1
sin 45 0
sin(90 0 - a )
2k = 5
DM1 A1; A1
k = 2.5; F2 = 2.5i + 2.5 j (7)
ALTERNATIVE: Using magnitudes and directions

B1 for F2 = ki + kj seen or implied in working.
First M1 for a correct vector triangle (for this M mark we only need
F2 = ai + bj). (M0 if a and b both assumed to be 1 and/or longest side is
assumed to be √10)
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for using sine rule on vector
triangle
First A1 for a correct equation. 450 may not appear exactly.
(b) First M1 for use of v = u + at with t = 3
First A1 for 12i + 5j seen or implied. However, if a wrong v is seen A0
Second M1 for finding magnitude of their v
Second A1 for 13
Number
8(a)
F = 15 R M1
B1
R = 1.5g
T - F = 1.5a M1 A1
M1 A1
3g - T = 3a
T = 1.2g or 11.8 N or 12 N DM1 A1
(8)
(b) T
R = T 2 + T 2 or 2T cos450 or M1 A1
cos450
6g 2
= 16.6 (N) or 17(N) or A1
5
Direction is 45o below the horizontal oe B1 (4)
12
Notes
8(a) First M1 for use of F = R in an equation.
1
5
B1 for R = 1.5g
Second M1 for resolving horizontally with usual rules
Third M1 for resolving vertically with usual rules
Second A1 for a correct equation
N.B. Either of the above could be replaced by a whole system equation:
3g – F = 4.5a
N.B. All of the marks for the two equations can be scored if they
consistently use – a instead of a.
Fourth M1 dependent on first, second and third M marks for solving
their equations for T
Third A1 for 1.2g, 11.8 (N) or 12 (N)
(b)
First M1 for a complete method for finding the magnitude of the
resultant (N.B. M0 if different tensions used),
First A1 for T 2 +T 2 or 2T cos45o
Second A1 for 16.6(N) or 17 (N)
B1 for 45o below the horizontal or a diagram with an arrow and a
correct angle. Ignore subsequent wrong answers e.g. a bearing of 2250,
which scores B0, as does SW etc.
www.dynamicpapers.com
Summer 2017
Pearson Edexcel GCE

In Mechanics M1 (6677/01)
Summer 2017
 All candidates must receive the same

treatment. Examiners must mark the first candidate in exactly the
same way as they mark the last.
 Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must
be rewarded for what they have shown they can do rather than
may be limited.
 When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of
the mark scheme to a candidate’s response, the team leader must
be consulted.
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


time it occurs.
the question.
HL Hooke’s Law


Number
1
(15i + j) + (5qi – pj) + (–3pi –qj) = 0 M1
M1
3p - 5q = 15 A1
p+q =1
M1 A1 A1
p = 2.5 q = -1.5
6
Notes
First M1 for equating the sum of the three forces to zero (can be implied by subsequent
working)
Second M1 for equating the sum of the i components to zero AND the sum of the j
components to zero oe to produce TWO equations, each one being in p and q ONLY.
First A1 for TWO correct equations (in any form)
N.B. It is possible to obtain TWO equations by using l (3p - 5q -15) = m(p + q -1) with
TWO different pairs of values for l and m , with one pair not a multiple of the other
e.g l =1, m =1 AND l =1, m =2.
Third M1(independent) for attempt (either by substitution or elimination) to produce an
equation in either p ONLY or q ONLY.
Second A1 for p = 2.5 (any equivalent form, fractions do not need to be in lowest terms)
Third A1 for q = - 1.5 (any equivalent form, fractions do not need to be in lowest terms)

Number
2(a)
4u 3u
P (2m) Q (3m)
V u
8mu - 9mu = -2mV + 3mu

V = 2u M1 A1
A1 (3)
(b)
(Has been) reversed B1 (1)
(c)
For Q : I = 3m(u - -3u) M1 A1
A1 (3)
= 12mu
OR
OR:
For P : I = 2m(2u - -4u) M1 A1
A1 (3)
= 12mu
7
Notes
(a) M1 for CLM with correct no. of terms, all dimensionally correct, to give an equation in m,
u and their V only. Condone consistent g’s or cancelled m’s.
First A1 for a correct equation (they may have + 2mV)
Second A1 for 2u (must be positive since speed is required)
(b) B1 for ‘(has been) reversed’. Only available if a correct velocity has been correctly
obtained in part (a).
B0 for ‘changed’ ,‘direction has changed’ , ‘yes’
(c) M1 for using Impulse = change in momentum of Q (must have 3m in both terms)
(M0 if clearly adding momenta or if g is included) but condone sign errors.
First A1 for 3m(u - -3u) or -3m(u - -3u)
Second A1 for 12mu (must be positive since magnitude required)
OR
M1 for using Impulse = change in momentum of P (must have 2m in both terms) (M0 if
clearly adding momenta) but condone sign errors.
First A1 for 2m(2u - -4u) or -2m(2u - -4u)
Second A1 for 12mu (must be positive since magnitude required)
N.B. Allow use of I = 3m(u – v) or I = 2m(u – v) since only magnitude required

Number
3(a)
A P G Q C B
(0.2S) R 75g 30g 75g (S) 5R
( - ) R + 5R = 75g + 30g + 75g

M1 A2
M ( A) 75 gx  75 g 2 x  30 g  3  5R  4
x  15
34
 2.3 or better M1 A2
A1
( N.B. Or another Moments Equation)
(M1 A2)
(7)
(b)
uniform – mass is or acts at midpoint of plank; centre of mass is at middle of plank;
weight acts at the middle of the plank, centre of gravity is at midpoint B1 B1
(2)
rod - plank does not bend, remains straight, is inflexible, is rigid
9
Notes
(a) First M1 for either a vertical resolution (with correct of terms) or a moments equation (all
terms dim correct and correct no. of terms)
First A1 and Second A1 for a correct equation in R (or S where S = 5R) only or R and x
only or S and x only. ( - 1 each error , A1A0 or A0A0)
Second M1 for a moments equation (all terms dim correct and correct no. of terms)
Third A1 and Fourth A1 for a correct equation in R (or S where S = 5R) only or R and x
only or S and x only. ( - 1 each error, A1A0 or A0A0)
Fifth A1 for x = 34/15 oe or 2.3 (or better)
(i) In a moments equation, if R and 5R (or S and 0.2S) are interchanged, treat as 1 error.
(ii) Ignore diagram if it helps the candidate.
(iii) If an equation is correct but contains both R and S, or S = 5R is never used, treat as 1
error.
(iv) Full marks possible if all g’s omitted.
(v) For inconsistent omission of g, penalise each omission.
M (B), R ´ 6 + 5R ´ 2 = 75g(6 - x) + 75g(6 - 2x) + 30g ´ 3
M (C), 75g(4 - x) + 75g(4 - 2x) + 30g ´ 1 = R ´ 4
M (G), 75g(3 - x) + 5R ´ 1 = R ´ 3 + 75g(2x - 3)
M (P), Rx + 30g(3 - x) + 75gx = 5R(4 - x)
M (Q), 75gx + 30g(2x - 3) + 5R(4 - 2x) = R ´ 2x
(b) First B1 for first correct answer seen.

Second B1 for the other answer, but only award this second mark if no extras given.

Number
4
F = mR B1
M1 A2
( ), R = 10 sin a + 5g cos a (45.2) M1 A2
( ), F = 5gsin a - 10 cos a (21.4)
M1 A1
gsin a - 2 cos a
m= = 0.47 or 0.473
2sin a + g cos a 9
Notes
B1 for F = m R seen or implied

First M1 for resolving perpendicular to the plane with usual rules
First and second A1’s for a correct equation. A1A0 if one error.
Second M1 for resolving parallel to the plane with usual rules
Third and fourth A1’s for a correct equation. A1A0 if one error.
If m is used instead of 5, penalise once in each equation.
Third M1 independent for eliminating R to produce an equation in only. Does not need
to be = ….
Fifth A1 for 0.47 or 0.473.

Number
5
T - 0.5g = 0.5a M1 A1
M1 A1
15 - T - 0.75g = 0.75a
(OR: 15 - 0.5g - 0.75g = 1.25a)
(a = 2.2 m s -2 )
M1 A1 6
T =6N
Notes
First M1 for an equation of motion for either P or Q with usual rules i.e. correct no. of
terms, dimensionally correct but condone sign errors
First A1 for a correct equation (allow T replaced by – T and/or a replaced by –a)
Second M1 for another equation of motion (for either P or Q or whole system) with usual
rules as above
Second A1 for a correct equation (allow T consistently replaced by – T and/or
a consistently replaced by –a )
Third M1 for solving two THREE term equations of motion for T
Third A1 for 6 (N). Must be positive but allow a change from – 6 to 6, if they have
consistently used -T instead of T.

Number
6(a)
s  vt  12 at 2
M1 A2
40  10  5  12 a52
a  0.8 A1 (4)
(b)
Finding u ( = 6 ) M1
s = ut + at (A to M )
1
2
2
M1
20 = 6t + 12 0.8t 2 A1
-15 ± 225 + 200
t= DM1
2
= 2.8 or 2.81 or better A1 (5)
Alternative :
Finding v ( = √68) M1
M1
s = vt - 12 at 2 (A to M ) A1
20 = 68t - 12 0.8t 2
68 ± 68 - 32 DM1
t= A1 (5)
0.8
= 2.8 or 2.81 or better
Alternative : M2
s = vt1 - 12 at12 (M to B) A1
20 = 10t1 - 12 0.8t12
DM1
10 ± 100 - 32
t1 =
0.8 A1 (5)
= 2.192
t = 5 - t1 = 2.8 or 2.81 or better 9
Notes
6(a) First M1 for a complete method to produce a value for a. They may use two (or more
equations) and solve for a.(see possible equations)
A2 if all correct, A1A0 for one error
Third A1 for 0.8 (m s-2)
Possible equations:
40 = 5u + 12 a.5 2
10 2 = u 2 + 2a.40
10 = u + 5a
(u + 10)
40 = .5
2
6(b) First M1 for attempt to find a value for u (This may have been done in part (a) but MUST
be used in (b) )
Second M1 for a complete method (may involve 2 or more suvat equations) for finding an
equation in t only
Third M1, dependent on previous M, for solving their equation for t
5(2 17 - 6) 40
Second A1 for 2.8 (s) or better or ;
4 6 + 2 17

Number
7(a)
tanq = 92 q =12.5o bearing 103o M1 A1 A1
(3)
(b)
(i) p = (9i +10j) + t(9i - 2j) M1 A1
(ii) q = (i + 4 j) + t(4i + 8j) A1 (3)
(c)
QP = (8 + 5t)i + (6 -10t)j M1 A1 (2)
(d)
D 2 = (8 + 5t)2 + (6 - 10t)2 M1
A1
= 125t 2 – 40t + 100
100 = 125t 2 – 40t + 100 M1
M1
0 = 5t(25t - 8) A1 A1 (6)
t = 0 or 0.32
14
Notes
7(a) M1 for tanq = ± 2
9
or ± or use sinq or cosq
9
2
First A1 for q = ±13o or ± 77 o or ±12.5 o or ± 77.5 o or better
Second A1 for 103o
7(b) M1 for clear attempt at p = (9i +10j) + t(9i - 2j) or q = (i + 4 j) + t(4i + 8j) (Allow
slips but must be a ‘+’ sign and r + t v)
(i) First A1 for p = (9i +10j) + t(9i - 2j)oe
(ii) Second A1 for q = (i + 4 j) + t(4i + 8j)oe
7(c) M1 for p – q or q – p with their p and q substituted
A1 for correct answer QP = (8 + 5t)i + (6 -10t)j (don’t need QP but on R.H.S must
be identical coefficients of i and j but allow column vectors)
7(d) First M1 for attempt to find QP or QP 2 in terms of t only, using correct formula
First A1 for a correct expression (with or without √ ) 125t2 – 40t +100
Second M1 for √ (3 term quadratic) = 10 or (3 term quadratic) =100.
Third M1 for quadratic expression = 0 and attempt to solve (e.g. factorising or using
formula)
Second A1 for t = 0 (if they divide by t and lose this value but get 0.32, M1A0A1)
Third A1 for t = 0.32 oe

Number
8(a)
(i) For A : T - F = 2ma M1 A1
(ii)
For B : mg - T = ma
M1 A1 (4)
(b)
R  2mg B1
M1
mg (1  2  )  3ma
g A1 (3)
(1  2 )  a
3
(c)
2gh
v2 = (1- 2 m ) M1
3
2gh A1 (2)
v= (1- 2 m )
3
(d)
- m R = 2ma¢ M1
02 = their u 2 - 2a¢s M1
2gh 2
0 = (1- ) - 2( 13 g)s (or s = (d – h)) A1 (A1)
3 3
s= 3h
1
A1
d = h+ h = h
1
3
4
3
A1 (5)
(e)
A (or B) would not move; OR A (or B) would remain in (limiting) equilibrium; OR B1 (1)
the system would remain in (limiting) equilibrium 15
Notes
8(a)(i) First M1 for equation of motion for A with usual rules
First A1 for a correct equation (allow –T instead of T)
(ii) Second M1 for equation of motion for B with usual rules
Second A1 for a correct equation (allow consistent –T instead of T)
8(b) B1 for R = 2mg
M1 for using F = m R and eliminating to give equation in a and m only.
A1 for PRINTED ANSWER (Must be identical to printed answer)
8(c) M1 for using v2 = u2 + 2as or any other complete method to find the speed of A
A1 for correct answer in any form
8(d) First M1 for equation of motion for A with T = 0 and F = m R e.g. m R = 2ma¢ (must be
2m)
Second M1 for using v2 = u2 + 2as with their u2 from (c), v = 0 and a new a (does not
need to be substituted)
First A1 for a correct equation in s, g and h with m = 1/3
Second A1 for s = 1/3 h
Third A1 for d = 4/3 h
ALTERNATIVE using work-energy principle:

M2 for m Rs = 12 2mu 2 (their u 2 from (c)) (M1 if they use m)
2gh
First A1 for 13 2mgs = 12 2m (1- 23 )
3
Second A1 for s = 1/3 h
Third A1 for d = 4/3 h
8(e) B1 for any one of the alternatives listed above.

Summer 2018
Pearson Edexcel GCE

Mechanics M1 (6677/01)
Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are awarded by Pearson, the UK’s largest awarding
body. We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational,
occupational and specific programmes for employers. For further information visit
our qualifications websites at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively,
you can get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page at
www.edexcel.com/contactus.
progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of learning, for all kinds
of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for over 150
years, and by working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international
reputation for our commitment to high standards and raising achievement through
innovation in education. Find out more about how we can help you and your students at:
www.pearson.com/uk
Summer 2018

must mark the first candidate in exactly the same way as
they mark the last.
 Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates
must be rewarded for what they have shown they can do
rather than penalised for omissions.
according to their perception of where the grade boundaries
may lie.
 All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be
awarded. Examiners should always award full marks if
deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark
scheme. Examiners should also be prepared to award zero
marks if the candidate’s response is not worthy of credit
according to the mark scheme.
 Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will
provide the principles by which marks will be awarded and
exemplification may be limited.
 When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of
the mark scheme to a candidate’s response, the team
leader must be consulted.
‘M’ marks
These are marks given for a correct method or an attempt at a correct method.
In Mechanics they are usually awarded for the application of some mechanical
principle to produce an equation.
e.g. resolving in a particular direction, taking moments about a point, applying a
suvat equation, applying the conservation of momentum principle etc.

e.g. in a moments equation, every term must be a ‘force x distance’ term or
‘mass x distance’, if we allow them to cancel ‘g’ s.
For a resolution, all terms that need to be resolved (multiplied by sin or cos)
must be resolved to earn the M mark.
M marks are sometimes dependent (DM) on previous M marks having been

earned.
e.g. when two simultaneous equations have been set up by, for example,
resolving in two directions and there is then an M mark for solving the equations
to find a particular quantity – this M mark is often dependent on the two
previous M marks having been earned.
‘A’ marks
These are dependent accuracy (or sometimes answer) marks and can only be
awarded if the previous M mark has been earned. E.g. M0 A1 is impossible.
‘B’ marks
These are independent accuracy marks where there is no method (e.g. often
given for a comment or for a graph)

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


time it occurs.
the question.
HL Hooke’s Law

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1(a) For P:  21mu  3m(vP  2u ) M1A1
4
u
vP  A1 (3)
4
21mu
(b) For Q:  m(vQ  4u ) M1A1
4
5u
vQ  A1 (3)
4
OR CLM: 3m  2u  m  4u  3m  u  mvQ M1 A1
4
5u
vQ  A1
4
(6)
Notes for Qu 1
1(a)
M1 for using Impulse = Change in Momentum of P (must have 3m in
both terms) (M0 if clearly adding momenta or if g is included) but
condone sign errors.
First A1 for a correct equation. (N.B. Could have vP in place of vP )
Second A1 for u oe (must be positive)
4
N.B. If they try to find vQ first and then use CLM to find vP , M1 for a
complete method to find vP , A1 for correct equations, A1 for the answer
for vP .
If an incorrect vQ is then just stated in (b), award relevant marks if seen
in working for (a).
If no attempt at (b), then no marks for (b).
1(b)
M1 for using Impulse = Change in Momentum of Q (must have m in
both terms) (M0 if clearly adding momenta or if g is included) but
First A1 for a correct equation. (N.B. Could have vQ in place of vQ )
Second A1 for 5u oe (must be positive)
4
OR:
M1 for CLM with correct no. of terms, condone missing m’s or extra g’s
and sign errors
Second A1 for 5u oe (must be positive)
4
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2. (Parallel to plane): P cos50  F  2 g cos 60 M1 A2
(Perp to plane): R  P sin 50  2 g cos 30 M1 A2
Other possible equations:

(  ):R cos 60  F cos30  P cos 20 M1 A2
() : R cos 30  F cos 60  P cos 70  2 g M1 A2
1
F R B1
4
Attempt to eliminate F and R to give an equation in P only M1
Solve for P DM1
P = 6.7 (2 SF) or 6.66 (3SF) A1
(10)
Notes for Qu 2
2.
First M1 for resolving parallel to the plane with usual rules.
2g term must be using 30o or 60o angle but allow sin/cos confusion.
Second M1 for resolving perpendicular to the plane with usual rules.
2g term must be using 30o or 60o angle but allow sin/cos confusion.
B1 for F = ¼ R seen or implied
Third M1, independent but must have two 3 (or 4) term equations, for
attempt to eliminate F and R to give an equation in P only.
Fourth DM1, dependent on third M1, for solving for P.
Fifth A1 for 6.7 or 6.66

First M1 for resolving horizontally with usual rules.
R term must be using 30o or 60o angle and F term must be using 30o or
60o angle but allow sin/cos confusion.
Second M1 for resolving vertically with usual rules.
R term must be using 30o or 60o angle and F term must be using 30o or
60o angle but allow sin/cos confusion.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3.(a) M ( D), (150 g 1)  (60 g  2.5)  Tc  4 M1 A1
Tc  75g or 735 N or 740 N Allow omission of N A1 (3)
(b) M ( B), (150 g  4.5)  (60 g  6)  TD  3.5 M1 A2

2070 g
TD  2900 N or Allow omission of N A1 (4)
7
(7)
Notes for Qu 3
3(a)
M1 for a complete method to find Tc (M0 if they assume TC = TD )
i.e. for producing an equation in Tc only. Each equation used must have
correct no. of terms and be dimensionally correct.
First A1 for correct equation.
Second A1 for any of the 3 possible answers
(), Tc  TD  60 g  150 g
M ( A), (150 g  4.5)  (60 g  3)  (Tc 1.5)  (TD  5.5)
M (C ), (150 g  3)  (60 g 1.5)  TD  4
M ( B), (150 g  4.5)  (60 g  6)  (Tc  7.5)  (TD  3.5)
M (G), (TD 1)  (60 g 1.5)  TC  3
3(b)
N.B. (M0 if TC is never equated to 0)
M1 for a complete method to obtain an equation in TD only.
If they use more than one equation, each equation used must have
correct no. of terms and be dimensionally correct.
First and second A1 for a correct equation in TD only. A1A0 if one
error.Consistent omission of g is one error except in M(D) where it’s not
an error.
Third A1 for either answer
(), TD  60 g  150 g  Mg
M ( A), (150 g  4.5)  (60 g  3)  9Mg  TD  5.5
M (C ), (150 g  3)  (60 g 1.5)  7.5Mg  TD  4
M ( D), (150 g 1)  (60 g  2.5)  3.5Mg
M (G), (TD 1)  (60 g 1.5)  4.5Mg
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4.(a) V 2  U 2  2 g  2.5 M1A1
Eliminate V and solve for U A1 (DM1)
7 = 0.2(10  V ) M1A1
U  24 A1 (6)
4.(b) 1  10t  4.9t 2 OR e.g. v2  102  2  9.8 1 and v  10  9.8t
1  10t  4.9t 2 to give 80.4  10  9.8t M1 A1
10  100  19.6 10  102  2  9.8 1
t so t DM1
9.8 9.8
t  0.11 s or 0.105 s A1 (4)
B1ft1st line
B1 2nd line
B1 ,-10
4(c)
(3)
(13)
Notes for Qu 4
4(a)
First M1 for complete method, using suvat, to find equation in U and V
only
Second A1 – treat as third DM1, dependent on the other two M’s, for
eliminating V and solving for U
Second M1 for using Impulse = Change in Momentum of ball (must
have 0.2 in both terms and be using 10 as one of the velocities) (M0 if
clearly adding momenta or if g is included) but condone sign errors.
Third A1 for a correct equation, 7 and 10 must have the same sign but
equation may have V instead of -V
Fourth A1 for U = 24 (must appear here)
N.B. If they use U instead of V in the impulse-momentum equation, can
score max M1A0/6 for part (a).
N.B. If they go from V 2  U 2  49 to V  U  7 , can score max 5/6
4(b)
First M1 for complete method, using one or more suvat formulae, to
produce an equation in t only using s = 1 or -1
First A1 for a correct equation in t only
Second DM1, dependent on first M1, for solving their equation (this
mark can be implied by a correct answer)
Second A1 for either 0.105 (s) or 0.11 (s) (must be only ONE answer)
4(c)
First B1ft for a straight line, with positive gradient, starting at their U
value (or just at U) on the positive v-axis.
Second B1 for a parallel (approx.) line placed correctly (B0 if a
continuous vertical line is included)
i.e. starting at a point where the t coordinate is equal to the t coordinate
of the point where the first line stopped, and the v coordinate is negative.
Third B1 for second line, placed correctly, starting on v = -10
N.B. Whole graph could be reflected in the t-axis
SC: If second line is placed correctly but extends up to the t-axis, or
beyond, lose second B1 but can score the third B1.
ALTERNATIVE : “the instant when the ball first passes through B” is

4(b)
taken to be when the ball is on the way down from A.
1 2
OR vB  24  2  9.8 1.5 and
2 2
s  vt  at 25  vB  9.8t
2
1  25t  4.9t 2 to give 25  605.4  9.8t M1 A1
25  625  19.6 25  625  19.6
t so t  DM1
9.8 9.8
t  0.040 (s) or 0.0403 (s) or 0.04 (s) (must only be ONE answer) A1 (4)
ALTERNATIVE : again “when it first passes through B” is taken to

4(c)
be when the ball is on the way down from A.
v
B2 line
24
B1ft 24
(3)
t
Notes for Qu 4 continued

4(b)
First M1 for complete method, using one or more suvat formulae, to
produce an equation in t only using s = 1 or -1
First A1 for a correct equation in t only
Second DM1, dependent on first M1, for solving their equation (this
mark can be implied by a correct answer)
Second A1 t  0.040 (s) or 0.0403 (s)
4(c)
B2 for a straight line, with positive gradient, starting on the positive v-
axis.
B1ft starting at their U value (or just at U)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5(a) R  60 g  60 x 2 M1A1
R  708 N or 710 N (must be positive) A1 (3)
5(b) 75n B1
10000  Mg  100  M  3 M1A2
using M = 250 +75n => n  6.9.. DM1A1
so 6 people A1ft (7)
(10)
Notes for Qu 5
5(a)
M1 for equation in R only, with usual rules
Second A1 for 710 or 708 (N not needed)
5(b)
B1 for 75n oe seen or implied
First M1 for an equation in one unknown in the form
10000  Mg  100  M  a with usual rules (must be using 10000)
where M can be any (relevant) number e.g. 250, 75, etc
First A1 and second A1 for a correct equation with a = 3, A1A0 if one
error (e.g. Use of a = 2 loses 1 A mark)
Second DM1, dependent on first M1, for using M = 250 +75n and
solving for n
Third A1 for 6.9… (A0 for 7)
Fourth A1ft for no. of people, ft on their n value (A0 for < 7)
N.B. If no incorrect work seen, the third A mark can be implied by a

correct answer (n = 6)
SC: They may use Trial and Error to find the critical value of n, by
writing down equations for the tension when n =1, 2, 3,….
until the tension exceeds 10000 oe
This method can score the final DM1 A1 A1 if done fully correctly up to
and including n = 7, with a correct answer given.
It could also score some or all of the first 4 marks.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6.(a) (4 i  6 j)  (pi  qj)  (4  p)i  (q  6) j M1
(4  p) 2
 or  2 (or 1 or  1 ) DM1 A1
(q  6) 1 1 2 2
2q  12  4  p
DM1 A1
p  2q  16 GIVEN ANSWER
(5)
(b) q  3  p  10 B1
EITHER 0.5a  6i  3j OR R  (6)  (3)
2 2
M1
a  12i  6 j = 45 oe A1
a  (12)2  (6)2 0.5a  45 M1
a = 180  13.4ms 2 a= 180  13.4ms 2 A1 (5)
(c) e.g. tan   12    63.4o M1A1
6
A1cao
Bearing =180o  63.4o  243o (nearest degree)
(3)
(13)
Notes for Qu 6
Allow column vectors throughout
6(a)
First M1 for adding the two forces, with i’s and j’s collected, seen or
implied
Second DM1, dependent on first M1, for an equation in p and q only.
Allow 1 or - 1 or - 2 instead of 2
2 2 1 1
First A1 for a correct equation in any form
Third DM1, dependent on the second M1, for (at least)one correct
intermediate line of working
Second A1 for correct given answer
6(b)
B1 for p  10 seen or implied
EITHER
First M1 for use of F  0.5a with their resultant force (must be a sum of
the two forces)
First A1 for a  12i  6 j
Second M1 (independent) for finding magnitude of their a
Second A1 for 180 oe or 13.4 or better
OR
First M1 for finding the magnitude of their resultant force R (must be a
sum of the two forces) R = (6)2  (3)2
First A1 for 45 oe
Second M1 for using R = 0.5a to find a
Second A1 for a = 2 45 oe 13.4 ms-2 or better
6(c)
M1 for use of a relevant trig ratio from their a or their R (may not be
the sum of the two forces) or 2i  j
First A1 for any relevant correct angle coming from a correct a or R or
from 2i  j
Second A1 for 243
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7(a) Inextensible string B1 (1)
MARK PARTS (b) and (c) together
(b) 4mg sin   T  F  4ma M1 A2
T  mg  ma M1 A1 (5)
(c) F  1
4 R B1
R  4mg cos  B1
cos   54 or sin   53 B1
Eliminating R, F and T M1
a  253 g  1.2 or 1.18 (m s2 ) A1 (5)
(d) v2  2  253 gh  256 gh M1

02  256 gh  2 gs
s 3
25 h M1 A1
DM1 A1
d 3
hh  28
h GIVEN ANSWER
25 25
(5)
(16)
Notes for Qu 7
7(a)
B1 for inextensible (and taut) string; B0 if any extras given or if an
incorrect consequence of the inextensiblity of the string is given.
MARK PARTS (b) and (c) together

7(b)
N.B. Omission of m is a Method error i.e. M0 for that equation
First M1 for equation of motion for P with usual rules (omission of 4 on
RHS is M0)
First A1 and second A1 for a correct equation, A1A0 if one error
Second M1 for equation of motion for Q with usual rules
Use of e.g cos(4/5) instead of cos  is an A error unless they recover
correctly.
N.B. Allow consistent use of a
7(c)
First B1 for F  14 R seen or implied
Second B1 for R  4mg cos  seen or implied
Third B1 for cos   54 or sin   53 seen or implied or an appropriate
correct angle is used to give a correct trig ratio
First M1 for eliminating R, F and T and finding an a value
2
First A1 a  253 g  1.2 or 1.18 (m s ) (must be positive)
7(d)
First M1 for finding v or v 2 for P using their a (M0 if g is used)
Second M1 for a complete method to find s, independent but must have
found v or v 2 (M0 if g not used)
First A1 for s  253 h oe
Third DM1, dependent on previous two M’s, for adding h onto their s
oe
Second A1 for GIVEN ANSWER

EDEXCEL MECHANICS M1 (6677) JANUARY 2003 PROVISIONAL MARK SCHEME
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) CLM: 2000 × 10 = 2000v + 3000 × 5 M1, A1
v = 2.5 m s–1 B1 (3)
(b) I = 3000 × 5 (or 2000(10 – 2.5)) M1
= 15 000 Ns A1 (2)
(5 marks)
2. (a) 12 R(↑) 8 = 12 cos β or 12 sin α M1

⇒ β = 41.8° or α = 48.2° A1
β
⇒ θ = 138.2° A1 (3)
α
X
8
(b) R(→) X = 12 cos 41.8° ( or 12 sin 48.2°) M1 A1ft

= 8.94 A1 (3)
(6 marks)
3. (a) a = [–14i + 21j – (6i – 27j)] ÷ 4 M1 A1

= (–5i + 12j) m s–2 A1 (3)
(b) |a| = √(52 + 122) = 13 M1
|F| = m|a| = 0.4 × 13 = 5.2 N M1 A1 (3)
(6 marks)
Alt (b) F = 0.4(5i + 12j) = 2i + 4.8j M1
|F| = √(22 + 4.82) = 5.2 N M1 A1 (3)
1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4. (a) p = 10tj B1
q = (6i + 12j) + (–8i + 6j)t M1 A1 (3)
(b) t = 3: p = 30j, q = –18i + 30j M1 A1
⇒ dist. apart = 18 km A1 (3)
Alt. (b) PQ = q – p = (6 – 8t)i + (12 – 4t)j M1
t = 3: PQ = – 18i + 0j or |PQ|2 = (6 – 8t)2 + (12 – 4t)2 A1
Dist. = 18 km t = 3 → |PQ| = 18 A1
(c) Q north of P ⇒ 6 – 8t = 0 M1
t=¾ A1 (2)
(8 marks)
5. R T R(): T cos 20° = F + 1.5g sin 30° M1 A2,1,0

R(): T sin 20° + R = 1.5g cos30° M1 A2,1,0
1
Using F = 3
R M1
Eliminating R, solve T M1, M1
F
1.5g T = 11 or 11.0 N A1
(10 marks)
6. 2R R
A C D B
x
120
W
(a) M(A): Wx + 120 × 1.5 = R × 2 + 2R × 1 M1 A2, 1, 0
R(↑) 3R = W + 120 M1 A1
Hence Wx + 180 = 3R = W = 120 M1
W(1 – x) = 60 A1
60
W= M1 A1cso (8)
1− x
(b) W>0⇒x<1 M1 A1 (2)
(10 marks)
2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7. (a) v2 = u2 + 2as: 0 = u2 – 2 × 9.8 × 25.6 M1 A1
u2 = 501.76 ⇒ u = 22.4 () A1cso (3)
(b) –1.5 = 22.4T – 4.9T 2 M1 A1
4.9T 2 – 22.4T – 1.5 = 0
22.4 ± 22.4 2 + 4 × 1. × 4.9)

T= M1
9.8
= 4.64 s A1 (4)
(c) Speed at ground v = 22.4 – 9.8 × 4.64 M1
v = –23.07 A1
2 2
(or v = 22.4 + 2×9.8×1.5, v = 23.05)
2 2 2
v = u + 2as: 0 = 23.07 + 2 × a × 0.025 M1 A1ft
( → a = –10644.5)
F – 0.6g = 0.6a M1
F = 6390 N (3 sf) A1 (6)
(d) Air resistance; variable F; B1 (1)
(14 marks)
3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8. (a) R a A: T = 0.8a B1
T
B: 1.2g – T = 1.2a M1 A1
A
T Solve: T = 0.48g = 4.7 N M1 A1 (5)
0.8g B
1.2g
(b) a = 0.6g = 5.88 M1
Hence 0.6 = ½ × 0.6g × t2 M1
t = 0.45 or 0.452 s A1 (3)
R 1 B1
F = µR = × 0.8g
T′ 5 M1 A1
F
A: T ′ – F = 0.8a′
T′ B1
0.8g B: 1.2g – T ′ = 1.2a′
1.2g
Solve: a′ = 0.52g M1 A1
0.6 = ½ × 0.52g × t2 M1
t = 0.49 or 0.485 s A1 (8)
(16 marks)
4
Question
Markscheme Marks
Number
1
4 2 0.5
+
600 kg m kg (600+m) kg
(a) CLM: 600 × 4 − m × 2 = (600 + m ) × 0.5 M1 A1

↓
⇒ m = 840kg M1 A1
(4)
(b) I = 600 (4 − 0.5) M1 → M1
= 2100 Ns A1
(3)
2 (a) P 0.8 0 0.2

100 2200
M(C): P × 1.8 + 100 × 0.8 = 2200 × 0.2 M1 A2, 1, 0
⇒ P = 200 N A1
(4)
(b) x
120
100 2200
M(C): 120 (2 − x ) + 100 (1 − x ) = 2200 x M1 A2, 1, 0

↓
⇒ 340 = 2420 x ⇒ x ≈ 14 cm (Solve x) M1 A1
(5)
Question
Markscheme Marks
Number
3 (a) R
R F R
a
mg
R( ): R = mg cos 30 B1
R( ): ma = mg sin 30 − F M1 A1
F = 0.4 R used B1
↓
Eliminate R ma = mg sin 30 − 0.4. mg cos 30 M1
↓
Solve: a = 4.9 − 0.4 × 9.8 × 3 /2 M1
−2
≈ 1.5 or 1.51 m s A1
(7)
(b) v 2 = 2 × 1.51 × 3 ⇒ v = 3 or 3.01 m s −1 M1 A1
(2)
(c) 1.5 / 1.51 m s −2 (same as (a)) B1
(1)
4 (a)
µR
2mg 2mg
T T
3mg
R ↑ for C : 2T sin θ = 3 mg M1 A1
A1
sin θ = 3
5
⇒T = 5
2
mg (*)
(3)
(b) R ↑ for A or B: R = 2mg + T sin θ M1 A1
↓
= 2mg + 5
2 mg. 53 = 72 mg M1 A1
R → for A or B : T cos θ = µ R M1
↓ ↓
Solve to get µ as number : 5
2 mg. 4
5 = µ . mg ⇒ µ =
7
2
4
7
(Accept 0.57 awrt) M1 A1
(7)
Question
Markscheme Marks
Number
5 (a)
a A : T − 4 g sin 30 = 4a M1 A1
T
R T
a B: 3g − T = 3a M1 A1
3mg 18 g
4mg ⇒T = = 25.2 N
7 M1 A1
(6)
(b)
T R = 2T cos 30 M1 A1
T
R
≈ 44 or 43.6 N A1
(3)
(c) (i) String has no weight/mass B1
(ii) Tension in string constant, i.e. same at A and B B1

(2)
6 (a) After 10 s, speed = 1.2 × 10 = 12 m s −1 B1
After next 24 s, v = " u + at" = 12 + 0.75 × 24 = 30 m s -1 M1 A1

(3)
(b)
v
Shape 0 ≤ t ≤ 34 B1
Shape t ≥ 34 B1
300
Figures B1
12
T
10 34 t
(c)
×10 ×12, + (30 + 12 ) 24
1 1
Distance =
2 2 B1, M1 A1
= 60 + 504 = 564 m A1
(4)
(d) 1
Distance travelled decelerating = × 30 × 10
2 B1
1
564 + 30T + × 30 ×10 = 3000
2 M1 A1
⇒ T = 76.2 s A1
(4)
Question
Markscheme Marks
Number
7 (a) 3
tan θ = ⇒ θ = 031 M1 A1
5
(2)
(b) a = 9t j B1
b = (− 10 + 3t ) i + 5t j M1 A1
(3)
(c) B south of A ⇒ − 10 + 3t = 0 M1
t = 3 13 ⇒ 1520 hours A1
(2)
(d) AB = b - a = (3t − 10) i + 5t j M1 A1

↓
d = b − a = (3t − 10 ) + 16t M1
2 2 2 2
= 25t 2 − 60t + 100 (*) A1

(4)
(e) d = 10 ⇒ d = 100 ⇒ 25t − 60 t = 0
2 2
M1
⇒ t = (0 or ) 2.4 A1
⇒ time 1424 hours A1

(3)
January 2005
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme

Number
1 3 4
1 .5 kg 2.5 kg
2.5 v
(a) CLM: 1.5 x 3 – 2.5 x 4 = – 1.5 x 2.5 + 2.5 x v M1 A1
⇒ v = – 0.7 m s–1 so speed = 0.7 m s–1 A1

(3)
(b) Direction of Q unchanged A1√

(1)
(c) Impulse = 1.5 ( 3 + 2.5) M1
= 8.25, Ns A1, B1
(3)
6677 Mechanics 1
January 2005 Advanced Subsidiary/Advanced Level in GCE Mathematics
Number
2 T 3T
40g 20g
(a) R(↑): T + 3T = 40g + 20g M1
T = 15g, so tension at C is 45g or 441 N or 440 N A1

(2)
(b) M(B) 15g x 3 + 45g x d = 40g x 1.5 M1 A2,1,0√

↓
Solve: d = 1/3 or 0.33 or 0.333 m M1 A1
(5)
_________________________________________________________________
6677 Mechanics 1
Number
3 (a) Distance = ½ x 4 x 9 + 16 x 9 or ½ (20 + 16) x 9 M1
= 162 m A1
(2)
(b) Distance over last 5 s = ½(9 + u) x 5 M1
162 + ½(9 + u) x 5 = 200 M1 A1√
⇒ u = 6.2 m s–1 A1
(4)
(c) 6.2 = 9 + 5a M1 A1√
a = (–) 0.56 m s–2 A1

(3)
6677 Mechanics 1
Number
R
4
X 2.5g (a) R = 2.5g cos 20 M1
F
≈ 23.0 or 23 N A1
(2)
(b) X = 0.4 x 23.0 + 2.5g sin 20 M1 A2,1,0√
≈ 17.6 or 18 N A1
(4)
(c) R F
In equlib. F = 2.5g sin 20 ≈ 8.38 or 8.4 N B1
2.5g μR = 0.4 x 2.5g cos 20 ≈ 9.21 or 9.2 N B1
8.4 < 9.2 (using ‘F < μR’ not F = μR) M1
Since F < μR remains in equilibrium (cso) A1

(4)
6677 Mechanics 1
Number
5 (a) ‘s = ut + ½at2’ for B: 0.4 = ½ a(0.5)2 M1 A1
a = 3.2 m s–2 A1
(3)
(b) N2L for B: 0.8g – T = 0.8 x 3.2 M1 A1√

↓
T = 5.28 or 5.3 N M1 A1
(4)
(c) A: F = μ x 0.5g B1
N2L for A: T – F = 0.5a M1 A1

↓
Sub and solve μ = 0.75 or 0.751 M1 A1
(5)
(d) Same acceleration for A and B. B1

(1)
6677 Mechanics 1
Number
6 (a) 162 = 202 – 2 x a x 24 ⇒ a = 3 m s–2 M1 A1

(2)
(b) v2 = 202 – 2 x 3 x 30 M1 A1√
v = √220 or 14.8 m s–1 A1

(3)
(c) 0.3 = m x 3 ⇒ m = 0.1 kg (*) M1 A1

(2)
(d) 0.1(w + √220) = 2.4 M1 A1√
w = 9.17 A1
↓
0 = 9,17 – 3 x t M1 A1√
t ≈ 3.06 s A1
(6)
6677 Mechanics 1
Number
7 (a) vP = {(29i + 34j) – (20i + 10j)}/3 = (3i + 8j) km h–1 M1 A1

(2)
(b) p = (20i + 10j) + (3i + 8j)t M1 A1√
q = (14i – 6j) + 12tj M1 A1

(4)
(c) q – p = (–6 – 3t)i + (–16 + 4t)j M1 A1

↓
d2 = (–6 – 3t)2 + (–16 + 4t)2 M1
↓
= 36 + 36t + 9t2 + 16t2 – 128t + 256 M1
= 25t2 – 92t + 292 (*) A1 (cso)

(5)
(d) 25t2 – 92t + 292 = 225 M1
25t2 – 92t + 67 = 0 A1
↓
(t – 1)(25t – 67) = 0 M1
t = 67/25 or 2.68 A1
time ≈ 161 mins, or 2 hrs 41 mins, or 2.41 am, or 0241 A1

(5)
6677 Mechanics 1
January 2006 6677 Mechanics M1 Mark Scheme

Number
1. (a) Distance after 4 s = 16 x 4 – ½ x 9.8 x 42 M1 A1
= – 14.4  h = (+) 14.4 m A1

(3)
(b) v = 16 – 9.8 x 4 M1 A1
= –23.2  speed = (+) 23.2 m s–1 A1

(3)
6
2. (a) CLM: 3 x 4 + 2 x 1.5 = 5 x v M1 A1
 v = 3 m s–1 A1
(3)
(b) (i) CLM: 3 x 4 – m x 4 = –3 x 2 + m (x 1) M1 A1
 m = 3.6 A1
(3)
(ii) I = 3.6(4 + 1) [or 3(4 + 2)] M1
= 18 Ns A1
(2)
8
1

Number
3. (a) M(C): 25g x 2 = 40g x x M1 A1
x = 1.25 m A1
(3)
(b) Weight/mass acts at mid-point; or weight/mass evenly distributed (o.e.) B1
(1)
(c) y 1.4
M(C):
25g 15g 40g 40g x 1.4 = 15g x y + 25g x 2 M1 A1

Solve: y = 0.4 m M1 A1
(4)
4. R = 103/2 i – 5j M1 A1

Using P = 7j and Q = R – P to obtain Q = 53i – 12j M1 A1

Magnitude = [(53)2 + 122]  14.8 N (AWRT)  M1 A1
angle with i = arctan (12/53)  64.2 M1 A1
bearing  144 (AWRT) A1

(9)
Alternative method
θ .Vector triangle correct B1

P Q
Q2 = 102 + 72 + 2 x 10 x 7 cos 60 M1 A1
120
Q  14.8 N (AWRT) A1
R
14.8 = 10 M1 A1 
sin 120 sin θ 
 θ = 35.8,  bearing 144 (AWRT) M1 A1, A1
2

Number
5. 18 (a) R( perp to plane):

P P sin 30 + 10 cos 30 = 18 M1 A1

18μ Solve: P  18.7 N M1 A1
(4)
10 (b) R( // plane):
P cos 30 = 10 sin 30 + F M1 A1
F = 18μ used M1

Sub and solve: μ = 0.621 or 0.62 M1 A1
(5)
(c) Normal reaction now = 10 cos 30 M1 A1
Component of weight down plane = 10 sin 30 (= 5 N) (seen) B1


F max = μR new  5.37 N (AWRT 5.4) M1
5.37 > 5  does not slide A1 cso

(5)
14
3

Number
6. (a) Speed of A = (12 + 62)  6.08 m s–1 M1 A1

(2)
(b) tan θ = 1/6  θ  9.46 M1 A1
θ
6 Bearing  351 A1
1 (3)
(c) P.v. of A at time t = (2 – t)i + (–10 + 6t)j
p.v. of B at time t = (–26 + 3t)i + (4 + 4t)j B1 (either)
(E.g.) i components equal  2 – t = –26 + 3t  t = 7 M1 A1
j components at t = 7: A: –10 + 6t = 32

B: 4 + 4t = 32 M1
Same, so collide at t = 7 s at point with p.v. (–5i + 32j) m A1 cso

(5)
8
(d) New velocity of B = (3i + 4j) m s–1 B1
5
P.v. of B at 7 s = –26i + 4j + 1.6(3i + 4j) x 7 = 7.6i + 48.8j M1 A1


PB = b – p = 12.6i + 16.8j (in numbers) M1

Distance = (12.62 + 16.82) = 21 m M1 A1
(6)
16
4

Number
7. (a) T
A: 3mg sin 30 – T = 3m. 101 g M1 A1
3mg
 T = 6
mg A1
5
(3)
(b) T R
F: R(perp): R = mg cos 30 M1 A1
mg
R(//): T – mg sin 30 – F = m. 101 g M1 A2, 1, 0
Using F = μR M1
6 1 3 1 
mg  mg  mg  mg M1
5 2 2 10
2 3 A1
 μ = 0.693 or 0.69 or
5 (8)
(c)
T T Magn of force on pulley = 2T cos 60 = 6
mg M1 A1 
5
Direction is vertically downwards B1 (cso)

(3)
14
5
1

January 2007
GCE
GCE Mathematics
Mechanics M1 (6677)
Edexcel Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 4496750

Registered Office: One90 High Holborn, London WC1V 7BH
January 2007
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) P sin 30° = 24 M1 A1

P = 48 A1 3
(b) Q = P cos 30° M1 A1

≈ 41.6 accept 24 √ 3 , awrt 42 A1 3 6
2. (a) Μ(C) 80 × x = 120 × 0.5 M1 A1

x = 0.75 ¿ cso A1 3
(b) Using reaction at C = 0 B1

Μ(D) 120 × 0.25 = W ×1.25 ft their x M1 A1
W = 24 (N) A1 4
(c) ¡ X = 24 + 120 = 144 (N) ft their W M1 A1ft

2
(d) The weight of the rock acts precisely at B. B1 1 10
3. (a) a=
(15i − 4 j) − ( 3i + 2 j) = 3i − 1.5 j M1 A1 2
4
(b) N2L F = m a = 6i − 3 j ft their a M1 A1
F = √ ( 6 2 + 32 ) ≈ 6.71 (N) accept √ 45 , awrt 6.7 M1 A1 4
(c) v 6 = ( 3i + 2 j) + ( 3i − 1.5 j) 6 ft their a M1 A1ft
= 21i − 7 j (m s ) −1 A1 1 9
1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4. (a) CLM 0.3u = 0.3 × ( −2 ) + 0.6 × 5 M1 A1

u =8 M1 A1 4
(b) I = 0.6 × 5 = 3 ( N s) M1 A1 2
(c) v = u + at ⇒ 5 = a ×1.5 ( a = 103 ) M1 A1

10
N2L R = 0.6 × =2 M1 A1 4 10
3
5. (a) v 2 = u 2 + 2as ⇒ 02 = 212 − 2 × 9.8 × h M1 A1

h = 22.5 ( m) A1 3
(b) v 2 = u 2 + 2as ⇒ v 2 = 02 + 2 × 9.8 × 24 or equivalent M1 A1

( = 470.4 )
v ≈ 22 (m s )−1
accept 21.7 A1 3
M1 A2 (1, 0)
(c) v = u + at ⇒ − √ 470.4 = 21 − 9.8t or equivalent
− 1 each error
t ≈ 4.4 (s) accept 4.36 A1 4 10
2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. (a) R
µR P
20°
30g
Use of F = µ R B1
P cos 20° = µ R M1 A1
¡ R + P sin 20° = 30 g M1 A1
P cos 20° = µ ( 30 g − P sin 20° ) M1
0.4 × 30 g
P= M1
cos 20° + 0.4sin 20°
≈ 110 ( N ) accept 109 A1 8
(b) ¡ R + 150 sin 20° = 30 g M1 A1

( R ≈ 242.7 )
N2L 150 cos 20° − µ R = 30a
M1 A1
150 cos 20° − 0.4 × 242.7 M1

a≈
30
A1 6 14
= 1.5 (ms-2) accept 1.46
3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7. (a) N2L Q 2 g − T = 2a M1 A1
N2L P T − 3 g sin 30° = 3a M1 A1 4
(b) 2 g − 3 g sin 30° = 5a M1

a = 0.98 (ms-2) º cso A1 2
(c) T = 2( g − a) or equivalent M1
≈ 18 ( N) accept 17.6 A1 2
(d) The (magnitudes of the) accelerations of P and Q are equal B1 1
(e) v 2 = u 2 + 2as ⇒ v 2 = 2 × 0.98 × 0.8 ( = 1.568) M1

v ≈ 1.3 (m s )
−1
accept 1.25 A1 2
(f) N2L for P −3 g sin 30° = 3a

1
a = (−) g M1 A1
2
1 1 M1 A1
s = ut + at 2 ⇒ 0 = √ 1.568t − 4.9t 2 or equivalent
2 2
t = 0.51 (s) accept 0.511 A1 5 16
A maximum of one mark can be lost for giving too great accuracy.
4
January 2008
GCE
GCE Mathematics (6677/01)

January 2008
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme

Number
1(a) . 5 3
A B
I 4 I
1 2
M1 A1 (2)
I = 4( 5 – 1) = 16 Ns
(b)
CLM: 4x5–mx3 = 4x1+mx2 M1 A1
⇒ m = 3.2 DM1 A1
or (4)
or
16 = m (3 + 2) M1 A1
⇒ m = 3.2 DM1 A1
(4) 6
2.(a)
27 = 0 + ½.a.32 ⇒ a = 6 M1 A1 (2)
(b)
v = 6 x 3 = 18 m s–1
M1 A1 f.t.
(2)
(c)
From t = 3 to t = 5, s = 18 x 2 – ½ x 9.8 x 22
M1 A1 f.t.
Total ht. = s + 27 = 43.4 m, 43 m M1 A1 (4)
8
Number
3.(a) V
Shape ‘V’ B1
15
Shape for last 22s B1
(with V > 15)
5
Figures
B1 (3)
t 16 22
(b)
½(15 + 5) x t = 120 M1
⇒ t = 12 → T = 12 + 16 + 22 = 50 s M1 A1 (3)
(c)
120 + ½(V + 5).16 + 22V = 1000 M1 B1 A1
Solve: 30V = 840 ⇒ V = 28 DM1 A1
(5)
11
4.(a) R (// plane): 49 cos θ = 6g sin 30 M1 A1
⇒ cos θ = 3/5 * A1 (3)
(b) M1 A1
R (perp to plane): R = 6g cos 30 + 49 sin θ
R ≈ 90.1 or 90 N DM1 A1 (4)
(c)
R (// to plane): 49 cos 30 – 6g sin 30 = 6a M1 A2,1,0
⇒ a ≈ 2.17 or 2.2 m s–2 A1 (4)
11
Question
Number Scheme Marks
S T M(A): T x 4 = 12g x 2.5 M1 A1

5.(a) A C B
T = 7.5g or 73.5 N A1
R(↑) S + T = 12g M1
⇒ S = 4.5g or 44.1 N A1 (5)
U V
A C B
16g 12g M(A) V x 4 = 16g x y + 12g x 2.5 M1 A1

(b)
V = 4gy + 7.5g or 39.2y + 73.5 N A1 (3)
V ≤ 98 ⇒ 39.2y + 73.5 ≤ 98 M1
(c) ⇒ y ≤ 0.625 = 5/8 DM1

Hence “load must be no more than 5/8 m from A” (o.e.)
A1 (3)
11
2 2 –1
6.(a) Speed = √(5 + 8 ) ≈ 9.43 m s
M1 A1 (2)
(b) Forming arctan 8/5 or arctan 5/8 oe
M1
Bearing = 360 – arctan 5/8 or 270 + arctan 8/5 = 328
DM1 A1 (3)
(c)
At t = 3, p.v. of P = (7 – 15)i + (–10 + 24)j = –8i + 14j M1 A1
Hence –8i + 14j + 4(ui + v j) = 0
M1
⇒ u = 2, v = – 3.5
DM1 A1 (5)
(d) p.v. of P t secs after changing course = (–8i + 14j) + t(2i – 3.5j)
M1
= 7i + …..
DM1
Hence total time = 10.5 s
A1 (3)
13
Question
Number Scheme Marks
7.(a) B: 2mg – T = 2m x 4g/9 M1 A1
⇒ T = 10mg/9 A1 (3)
(b) A: T – µ mg = m x 4g/9 M1 B1 A1
Sub for T and solve: µ = 2/3 * DM1 A1 (5)

(c)
When B hits: v2 = 2 x 4g/9 x h M1 A1
Deceleration of A after B hits: ma = µ mg ⇒ a = 2g/3 M1 A1 f.t.
Speed of A at P: V2 = 8gh/9 – 2 x 2g/3 x h/3 DM1
⇒ V = 2
3 √(gh) A1 (6)
(d) Same tension on A and B B1 (1)
15
January 2009
GCE

January 2009
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 −6i + j = u + 3(2i − 5j) M1 A1

⇒ u = −12i + 16j A1 cso
M1 A1
⇒ u = (−12)2 + 162 = 20 [5]
2 (a)
u u
shape B1
4 or 4
-u -u values B1 (2)
(b)
1
19.6 = × 2×u M1 A1
2
u = 19.6 A1 (3)
[5]
3 (a) 2u → ← 4u km2u − 4mu = −kmu + mv M1 A1
km m u(3k − 4) = v A1 (3)
u ← → v
(b)
k > 2 ⇒ v > 0 ⇒ dir n of motion reversed M1A1A1

cso
(3)
(c) For B, m(u(3k − 4) − −4u)

M1 A1 f.t.
= 7mu
A1 (3)
[9]
6677/01 GCE Mathematics January 2009 2

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4 (a)
60g
P Q R S
40g C 20g D
C + D = 120g
M(Q), 80g.0.8 - 40g.0.4 = D.1.6 M1 A1
M1 A1
solving
C = 90g; D = 30g M1
A1 A1 (7)
(b)
P Q x X R S
40g 2F 20g 60g F
2F + F = 40g + 20g + 60g M1 A1

M(Q), 60gx + 20g.0.8 = 40g.0.4 + F.1.6
solving M1 A1
M1
16
QX = x = m = 1.07m
15 A1 (6)
[13]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5 (a)
R
B2
F -1 e.e.o.o.
(labels not
PN needed)
(2)
1.1g
(b) F = 12 R
B1
(↑), R cos α + F sin α = mg
1.1g
R= = 9.8 N M1 A2
(cos α + 12 sin α )
M1 A1 (6)
(→), P + 12 Rcos α = Rsin α

M1 A2
P = R(sin α − 12 cosα )
M1
= 1.96
A1 (5)
[13]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6 (a)
j
2 o
tan θ = ⇒ θ = 63.4 M1 A1
1
θ angle is 153.4o A1 (3)
(b)
B1
(4 + p)i + (q − 5)j
(q − 5) = −2(4 + p) M1 A1
2p + q + 3 = 0 *
A1 (4)
(c)
q = 1 ⇒ p = −2 B1
⇒ R = 2i − 4j M1
2 2 M1 A1 f.t.
⇒ R = 2 + (−4) = 20
20 = m8 5 M1 A1 f.t.
1
⇒m= A1 cao
4 (7)
[14]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7 (a)
T − 5gsin α = 5a M1 A1
15g − T = 15a
M1 A1
solving for a M1
a = 0.6g A1
solving for T M1
T = 6g A1 (8)
(b)
For Q : 5g – N = 5a M1 A1
N = 2g A1 f.t. (3)
(c)
o
(90 − α )
90 o − α
F = 2T cos( ) M1 A2
2
= 12gcos 26.56..o
A1 f.t.
= 105 N A1 (5)
T T
[16]

January 2010
GCE
Mechanics M1 (6677)

Edexcel is one of the leading examining and awarding bodies in the UK and
throughout the world. We provide a wide range of qualifications including
academic, vocational, occupational and specific programmes for employers.
Through a network of UK and overseas offices, Edexcel’s centres receive the
support they need to help them deliver their education and training
programmes to learners.
For further information, please call our GCE line on 0844 576 0025, our GCSE
team on 0844 576 0027, or visit our website at www.edexcel.com.
If you have any subject specific questions about the content of this
Mark Scheme that require the help of a subject specialist, you may
find our Ask The Expert email service helpful.
Ask The Expert can be accessed online at the following link:
http://www.edexcel.com/Aboutus/contact-us/
January 2010
© Edexcel Ltd 2010
January 2010
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q1. (a) I = 2 ×12 − 2 × 3 = 18 ( N s ) M1 A1 (2)
(b) LM 2 × 12 − 8m = 2 × 3 + 4m M1 A1
Solving to m = 1.5 DM1 A1 (4)
[6]
Alternative to (b)
I = m ( 4 − ( −8 ) ) = 18 M1 A1
Solving to m = 1.5 DM1 A1 (4)
Q2. (a)
s First two line segments B1
Third line segment B1
8, 75 B1 (3)
8
O 75 t
1
(b) × 8 × (T + 75 ) = 500 M1 A2 (1,0)
2
Solving to T = 50 DM1 A1 (5)
[8]
GCE Mechanics M1 (6677) January 2010

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q3.
A 30° 60° B
20 N TN
C
mg
(a) R( → ) 20 cos 30° = T cos 60° M1 A2 (1,0)

T = 20 3 , 34.6, 34.64,… A1 (4)
(b) R( ↑ ) mg = 20 sin 30° + T sin 60° M1 A2 (1,0)

40
m= (≈ 4.1) ,4.08 A1 (4)
g
[8]
Q4. (a)
X Y
1.8 m
A
1.5 m W 1.5 m 20
M ( A) W × 1.5 + 20 × 3 = Y × 1.8 M1 A2 (1, 0)

5 100
Y= W+ ¿ cso A1 (4)
6 3
(b) ↑ X + Y = W + 20 or equivalent M1 A1
1 40
X= W− A1 (3)
6 3
5 100 ⎛1 40 ⎞
(c) W+ = 8⎜ W − ⎟ M1 A1 ft
6 3 ⎝6 3 ⎠
W = 280 A1 (3)
[10]
Alternative to (b)
M(C) X × 1.8 + 20 × 1.2 = W × 0.3
M1 A1
1 40
X = W− A1
6 3

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 1
Q5. (a) s = ut + at 2 ⇒ 2.7 = a × 9 M1 A1
2 2
a = 0.6 ( m s )
−2
A1 (3)
(b)
R µR R = 0.8 g cos 30° ( ≈ 6.79 ) B1

Use of F = µ R B1
0.8g 0.8 g sin 30° − µ R = 0.8 × a M1 A1
30° ( 0.8 g sin 30° − µ 0.8 g cos 30° = 0.8 × 0.6 )
µ ≈ 0.51 accept 0.507 A1 (5)
(c) R
X
µR 0.8g
30°
↑ R cos 30° = µ R cos 60° + 0.8 g M1 A2 (1,0)

( R ≈ 12.8 )
→ X = R sin 30° + µ R sin 60° M1 A1
Solving for X, X ≈ 12 accept 12.0 DM1 A1 (7)
[15]
Alternative to (c)
R = X sin 30° + 0.8 × 9.8 sin 60° M1 A2 (1,0)

µR + 0.8 g cos 60° = X cos 30° M1 A1
µ 0.8 g sin 60° + 0.8 g cos 60°

X =
cos 30° − µ sin 30°
Solving for X, X ≈ 12 accept 12.0 DM1 A1 (7)

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1
Q6. (a) N2L A: 5mg − T = 5m × g M1 A1
4
15
T = mg ¿ cso A1 (3)
4
1
(b) N2L B: T − kmg = km × g M1 A1
4
k =3 A1 (3)
(c) The tensions in the two parts of the string are the same B1 (1)
1 1
(d) Distance of A above ground s1 = × g × 1.22 = 0.18 g ( ≈ 1.764 ) M1 A1
2 4
1
Speed on reaching ground v = g ×1.2 = 0.3g ( ≈ 2.94 ) M1 A1
4
( 0.3)
2
( 0.3g ) = 2 gs2 ⇒ s2 = g ( ≈ 0.441) M1 A1

2
For B under gravity
2
S = 2 s1 + s 2 = 3.969 ≈ 4.0 (m) A1 (7)

[14]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q7. (a)
21i + 10 j − ( 9i − 6 j)
v= = 3i + 4 j M1 A1
4
speed is √ ( 32 + 42 ) = 5 ( km h −1 ) M1 A1 (4)
3
(b) tan θ = ( ⇒ θ ≈ 36.9° ) M1
4
bearing is 37, 36.9, 36.87, … A1 (2)
(c) s = 9i − 6 j + t ( 3i + 4 j) M1
= (3t + 9)i + (4t − 6) j ¿ cso A1 (2)
(d) Position vector of S relative to L is

( 3T + 9 ) i + ( 4T − 6 ) j − (18i + 6 j) = ( 3T − 9 ) i + ( 4T − 12 ) j M1 A1
( 3T − 9 ) + ( 4T − 12 ) = 100
2 2
M1
25T 2 − 150T + 125 = 0 or equivalent DM1 A1
(T 2 − 6T + 5 = 0 )
T = 1, 5 A1 (6)
[14]

Further copies of this publication are available from
Edexcel Publications, Adamsway, Mansfield, Notts, NG18 4FN
Telephone 01623 467467
Fax 01623 450481
Email publications@linneydirect.com
Order Code UA023034 January 2010
For more information on Edexcel qualifications, please visit www.edexcel.com/quals
Edexcel Limited. Registered in England and Wales no.4496750

Registered Office: One90 High Holborn, London, WC1V 7BH
January 2011
GCE
GCE Mechanics M1 (6677) Paper 1

Edexcel is one of the leading examining and awarding bodies in the UK and throughout the world. We
programmes for employers.
Through a network of UK and overseas offices, Edexcel’s centres receive the support they need to help
them deliver their education and training programmes to learners.
For further information, please call our GCE line on 0844 576 0025, our GCSE team on 0844 576 0027, or
visit our website at www.edexcel.com.
If you have any subject specific questions about the content of this Mark Scheme that require the help of
a subject specialist, you may find our Ask The Expert email service helpful.
January 2011
© Edexcel Ltd 2011
• M marks: method marks are awarded for ‘knowing a method and attempting to apply it’,
unless otherwise indicated.
• A marks: Accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M) marks have been
earned.
• B marks are unconditional accuracy marks (independent of M marks)
• Marks should not be subdivided.
3. Abbreviations
These are some of the traditional marking abbreviations that will appear in the mark schemes.
• bod – benefit of doubt

• ft – follow through
• the symbol will be used for correct ft
• cao – correct answer only
• cso - correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the question to obtain this
mark
• isw – ignore subsequent working
• awrt – answers which round to
• SC: special case
• oe – or equivalent (and appropriate)
• dep – dependent
• indep – independent
• dp decimal places
• sf significant figures
• ¿ The answer is printed on the paper
• The second mark is dependent on gaining the first mark
January 2011
Mechanics M1 6677
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1.
(a) Conservation of momentum:
4m – 6 = m + 9 M1 A1
m=5 A1
(3)
(b) Impulse = change in momentum

= 3 × 3 – ( 3 × −2 ) = 15 M1 A1
(2)
[5]
GCE Mechanics M1 (6677) January 2011 1

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2.
(a) −6.45 = u − 9.8 × 0.75 M1 A1
0.9 = u ** A1
(3)
(b) 0 = 0.81 − 2 × 9.8 × s M1

s = 0.041 or 0.0413 A1
(2)
(c) h = −0.9 × 0.75 + 4.9 × 0.752 M1 A1
h = 2.1 or 2.08 A1
(3)
[8]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3. R R
(a) C B
A 1m C 2m 3m B
20g
Taking moments about B: 5 x RC = 20g x 3 M1A1

RC = 12g or 60g/5 or 118 or 120 A1
Resolving vertically: R C + R B = 20g M1

R B = 8g or 78.4 or 78 A1
(5)
(b) R R
C B
A 1m C 2m 3m B
x 20g
30g
Resolving vertically: 50g = R + R B1
Taking moments about B:

M1 A1 A1
5 × 25 g = 3 × 20 g + ( 6 − x ) × 30 g
30 x = 115
x = 3.8 or better or 23/6 oe A1
(5)
[10]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4.
(a) speed = 22 + (−5)2 M1
= 29 = 5.4 or better A1
(2)
(b) ( ( 7i + 10 j) – ( 2i – 5j) ) 5 M1 A1
= ( 5i + 15j) 5 = i + 3j A1
F = ma = 2 ( i + 3j) = 2i + 6j DM1 A1ft
(5)
(c) v = u + at = ( 2 i – 5 j ) + ( i + 3 j ) t M1
(−5 + 3t )j A1
Parallel to i ⇒ − 5 + 3t = 0 M1
t=5 3 A1
(4)
[11]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5.
(a)
speed
(i) 1st section correct B1
v
2nd & 3rd sections correct B1
20 60 70 t Numbers and v marked

DB1
correctly on the axes.
(ii) 1st section correct B1

a
2nd section correct B1
3rd section correct and no

B1
“extras” on the sketch
t (6)
(b) 70 + 40 M1 A1
× v = 880
2
2
v = 880 × = 16 DM1 A1
110
(4)
[10]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6.
(a) S F
30 N
120 N
Resolving perpendicular to the plane:

S = 120cos α + 30sin α M1 A1 A1
= 114 * A1
(4)
R
(b)
P
F
120 N
α
Resolving perpendicular to the plane:

R = 120 cos α M1 A1
= 96 A1
Fmax = 12 R M1
Resolving parallel to the plane:

In equilibrium: Pmax = Fmax + 120sin α M1 A(2,1,0)
= 48 + 72 = 120 A1
(8)
(c) 30 + F = 120sin α OR 30 − F = 120sin α M1 A1
So F = 42N acting up the plane. A1

(3)
[15]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7.
(a) R
5
P T tan θ =
B 12
3 kg 5
sin θ =
θ F
13
T
12
cos θ =
A 7 kg 3g 13
7g
For A: 7g – T = 7a M1 A1
For B: parallel to plane T – F – 3g sin θ = 3a M1 A1
perpendicular to plane R = 3g cos θ M1 A1
F = µ R = 3 g cos θ = 2 g cos θ M1
Eliminating T, 7 g – F – 3 g sin θ = 10a DM1

12 5 39
Equation in g and a: 7 g − 2 g × − 3g = 7 g − g = 4 g = 10a DM1
13 13 13
2g
a= oe or 3.9 or 3.92 A1
5
(10)
(b) After 1 m,
2g
v 2 = u 2 + 2as , v 2 = 0 + 2 × ×1 M1
5
v = 2.8 A1
(2)
(c) − ( F + 3 g sin θ ) = 3a M1
2 12 5
× 3 g × + 3g × = 3g = −3a, a = − g A1
3 13 13
v = u + at , 0 = 2.8 – 9.8t , DM1
2
t = oe, 0.29. 0.286 A1
7
(4)
[16]

Fax 01623 450481

January 2012

Edexcel is one of the leading examining and awarding bodies in the UK and throughout
the world. We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational,
occupational and specific programmes for employers.
Through a network of UK and overseas offices, Edexcel’s centres receive the support
they need to help them deliver their education and training programmes to learners.
For further information, please call our GCE line on 0844 576 0025, our GCSE team on
0844 576 0027, or visit our website at www.edexcel.com.
If you have any subject specific questions about the content of this Mark Scheme that
require the help of a subject specialist, you may find our Ask The Expert email service
helpful.

January 2012
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark the
first candidate in exactly the same way as they mark the last.
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for
what they have shown they can do rather than penalised for omissions.
• Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according to their
perception of where the grade boundaries may lie.
• There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should be
used appropriately.
• All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners
should always award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the
mark scheme. Examiners should also be prepared to award zero marks if the
candidate’s response is not worthy of credit according to the mark scheme.
• Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the principles
by which marks will be awarded and exemplification may be limited.
• When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of the mark scheme
to a candidate’s response, the team leader must be consulted.
• Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced it
with an alternative response.
EDEXCEL GCE MATHEMATICS
• M marks: method marks are awarded for ‘knowing a method and attempting to apply it’,
unless otherwise indicated.
• A marks: Accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M) marks have
been earned.
3. Abbreviations
These are some of the traditional marking abbreviations that will appear in the mark schemes
and can be used if you are using the annotation facility on ePEN.

• cso - correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the question
to obtain this mark
• The answer is printed on the paper
indicate that previous wrong working is to be followed through. After a misread however,
the subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft, but manifestly absurd answers
should never be awarded A marks.
General Principals for Core Mathematics Marking
(But note that specific mark schemes may sometimes override these general principles).
Method mark for solving 3 term quadratic:

1. Factorisation
( x 2 + bx + c) = ( x + p )( x + q ), where pq = c
, leading to x = ....
( ax + bx + c) = ( mx + p )( nx + q ), where pq = c and mn = a
2
, leading to x = …
2. Formula
Attempt to use correct formula (with values for a, b and c), leading to x = …
3. Completing the square

( x ± b2 )
2
Solving x 2
+ bx + c = 0 : ± q ± c, q ≠ 0 , leading to x = …
Method marks for differentiation and integration:

1. Differentiation
Power of at least one term decreased by 1. ( x → n
x n −1
)
2. Integration
Power of at least one term increased by 1. ( x n
→ x n +1
)
Use of a formula
Where a method involves using a formula that has been learnt, the advice given in recent
examiners’ reports is that the formula should be quoted first.
Normal marking procedure is as follows:
Method mark for quoting a correct formula and attempting to use it, even if there are mistakes
in the substitution of values.
Where the formula is not quoted, the method mark can be gained by implication from correct
working with values, but may be lost if there is any mistake in the working.
January 2012
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme

Number
1 (a) 15 m s −1
P m kg Q 3000 kg
3 m s −1 9 m s −1
For Q I = 3000 × 9 = 27 000 ( N s) M1 A1

(2)
(b) Conservation of linear momentum
15m = −3m + 3000 × 9 M1 A1
Leading to m = 1500 A1
(3)
5
Alternative to (b)
For P 27 000 = m (15 − ( −3) ) M1 A1
Leading to m = 1500 A1 (3)
Number
2 (a)
T T
750 kg 1000 kg 3200 N
RN 800 N
For the whole system

R ( →) 3200 − 800 − R = 1750 × 0.88 M1 A1
Leading to R = 860 A1
(3)
(b) For the caravan
R ( →) T − 860 = 750 × 0.88 M1 A1
Leading to T = 1520 ( N ) A1
(3)
6
Alternative for (b)

For the car
R ( →) 3200 − 800 − T = 1000 × 0.88 M1 A1
Leading to T = 1520 ( N ) A1
(3)
Number
3 (a) 7+5+p=0 or -9 + 6 + q = 0 M1
p = -12 A1
q=3 A1
(3)
(b) R = 12i − 3 j
(
R = √ 122 + ( −3)
2
) = √ 153 or 3√17 or 12.4 or better (N) M1 A1
(2)
(c)
3
tan θ = M1
12
j 12 A1
θ = 14.030...
Angle with j is 104° , to the nearest degree cao θ A1
3
(3)
8
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4 (a)
Y
d G d
A B
C D 5
mg mg
2
5
M (D) mg × GD = mg × d M1 A1
2
5
GD = d DM1 A1
2
(4)
(b)
Y
d G d
A B
C 5 D
mg mg
2
d 5 3
M (C ) mg × + mg × d = Y × 3d M1 A2(1, 0)
2 2 2
17
Leading to Y = mg DM1 A1
12
(5)
9
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
25
5 (a) v = u + at(↑) => 0 = u − g( ) M1 M(A)1
14
u = 17 ½ A1
(3)
(b) v = u + 2as(↑) => 0 = 17.5 − 2gs
2 2 2 2
M1
s = 15.6 ( m ) or 16 (m) A1
(2)
(c) s = ut + at (↑) => 6.6 = 17.5t − gt
1
2
2 1
2
2
M1
4.9t − 17.5t + 6.6 = 0
2
A1
17.5 ± √ (17.52 − 129.36 ) 17.5 ± 13.3
t= = DM1
9.8 9.8
t = 3.142.. (22/7) or 0.428…(3/7) A1
DM1 A1 (6)
T = t2 − t1 = 2.71 (2.7)
OR
v = u 2 + 2as(↑) => v 2 = 17.5 2 − 2gx6.6
2
v = ±13.3
v = u + at(↑) => ±13.3 = 17.5 − gt M1A1
17.5 ± 13.3 DM1
t=
9.8
A1
= 3.14.. (22/7) or 0.428..(3/7)
T = 3.14.. − 0.428.. = 2.71 or 2.7 DM1 A1 (6)
OR
v 2 = u 2 + 2as(↑) => v 2 = 17.5 2 − 2gx6.6 or 0 2 = u 2 − 2gx(15.625 - 6.6)

v = 13.3 u = 13.3
v = u + at(↑) => 0 = 13.3 − gt M1 A1
13.3
t= DM1 A1
g
13.3
T =2x = 2.7 or 2.71 DM1 A1 (6)
g
11
Number
6 (a) v = u + at ⇒ 0 = 15 − 2.5t M1
t=6 (s ) A1
(2)
(b)
v ( m s −1 )
15
Shape B1
15, T B1
(2)
O 1
3 T T 6 t (s )
1 4 
(c) 15  T + 6 + T  = 885 ft their 6 M1 A1ft
2 3 
7
T = 118 − 6
3
3
T = 112 × = 48 M1 A1
7
(4)
15 15
(d) a = 1 = ,0.9375, 0.938, 0.94 M1 A1
3T 16
(2)
(e) a (m s −2
)
3 horizontal lines B1
15
Correctly placed;no cts vert line B1
16 64 70
−2.5 , ft their 16
15
t (s)
B1
16
(3)
−2.5 13
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
√ ( ( −4 ) )
+ 82 = √ 80 ( km h )
−1
2
7 (a) accept exact equivalents or 8.9 or better M1 A1
(2)
(b) p = ( 2i − 8 j) + t ( −4i + 8 j) B1
(1)
(c) Equating j components
−8 + 8t = 12 − 8t M1 A1
5
t = oe A1
4
(3)
(d)
Using their t from (c) to find the i-cpts of p and q and subtract them M1
1 1
10 − ( −3) = 13 ( km ) A1 ft A1
2 2
(3)
9
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8 (a) 36
R
30°
Fr
30° 4g
R + 36 sin 30° = 4 g cos 30° M1 A1

R ≈ 15.9, 16 M1 A1
(4)
(b) Use of Fr = µ R B1
36 cos 30° = F + 4 g sin 30° M1 A1
36 cos 30° − 4 g sin 30°
µ= ≈ 0.726
R M1 A1
0.73
(5)
(c) After force is removed
R = 4 g cos 30° B1
− µ 4 g cos 30° − 4 g sin 30° = 4a M1 A1

a = ( − )11.06 ...
v = u + 2as ⇒ 02 = 162 − 2 × 11.06 ... × s
2 2
M1
2
16
s= ≈ 11.6 (m)
2 × 11.06 ... A1
12
(5)
14

Fax 01623 450481
Email publication.orders@edexcel.com
For more information on Edexcel qualifications, please visit

www.edexcel.com/quals

with its registered office at Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE
January 2013
GCE Mechanics M1 (6677/01)

Edexcel and BTEC qualifications come from Pearson, the world’s leading learning company.
We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational, occupational and
specific programmes for employers. For further information visit our qualifications websites
at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk for our BTEC qualifications.
Alternatively, you can get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page at
If you have any subject specific questions about this specification that require the help of a
subject specialist, you can speak directly to the subject team at Pearson.
Their contact details can be found on this link: www.edexcel.com/teachingservices.
You can also use our online Ask the Expert service at www.edexcel.com/ask. You will need
an Edexcel username and password to access this service.

Our aim is to help everyone progress in their lives through education. We believe in every
kind of learning, for all kinds of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been
involved in education for over 150 years, and by working across 70 countries, in 100
languages, we have built an international reputation for our commitment to high standards
and raising achievement through innovation in education. Find out more about how we can
help you and your students at: www.pearson.com/uk
January 2013
• All candidates must receive the same treatment.

Examiners must mark the first candidate in exactly the
same way as they mark the last.
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates
must be rewarded for what they have shown they can do
rather than penalised for omissions.
• Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme
not according to their perception of where the grade
boundaries may lie.
• There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark
• All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be
awarded. Examiners should always award full marks if
deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark scheme.
Examiners should also be prepared to award zero marks if
the candidate’s response is not worthy of credit according
to the mark scheme.
• Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will
provide the principles by which marks will be awarded
and exemplification may be limited.
• When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of
the mark scheme to a candidate’s response, the team
leader must be consulted.
• Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the
candidate has replaced it with an alternative response.
• M marks: method marks are awarded for ‘knowing a method and

attempting to apply it’, unless otherwise indicated.
• A marks: Accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M)
marks have been earned.
In some instances, the mark distributions (e.g. M1, B1 and A1) printed on
the candidate’s response may differ from the final mark scheme.
3. Abbreviations
These are some of the traditional marking abbreviations that will appear in
the mark schemes.

• cso - correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the
question to obtain this mark
4. All A marks are ‘correct answer only’ (cao.), unless shown, for example,
as A1 ft to indicate that previous wrong working is to be followed through.
After a misread however, the subsequent A marks affected are treated as
A ft, but incorrect answers should never be awarded A marks.
5. For misreading which does not alter the character of a question or

materially simplify it, deduct two from any A or B marks gained, in that
part of the question affected.

• If all but one attempt is crossed out, mark the attempt which is
NOT crossed out.
• If either all attempts are crossed out or none are crossed out, mark
all the attempts and score the highest single attempt.
8. The maximum mark allocation for each question/part question(item) is set

out in the marking grid and you should allocate a score of ‘0’ or ‘1’ for
each mark, or “trait”, as shown:
0 1
aM ●
aA ●
bM1 ●
bA1 ●
bB ●
bM2 ●
bA2 ●
Jan 2013
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme

Number
1. (a) 4m.2u − m.5u = −4m. 12 u + mv M1 A1

3mu = −2mu + mv
v = 5u,opposite direction A1, A1 cso
(4)
(b)
I = 4m( 12 u − −2u) OR I = m(5u − −5u) M1 A1
= 10mu = 10mu
A1 (3)
2.(a) M ( D), 8 R = (80 g x 6) + (200 g x 4) M1 A1

R = 160 g , 1600, 1570 A1 (3)
(b)
M1
(↑), 2S = 80 g + 200 g
A1 (2)
S = 140 g , 1400, 1370
(c) M (B), Sx + (S x 10) = (80g x 8) + (200g x 6) M1 A2

140 x + 1400 = 640 + 1200
140 x = 440
x= 22
7 A1 (4)
9
3. (↑), T cos 30 + F cos 60 = 2g M1 A1

(→), T cos 60 − F cos 30 = 0 M1 A1
F = g = 9.8 M1 A1
T = 3g = 17 or 17.0 M1 A1 8
( ), F = 2 g cos 60 M1 A1
M1 A1
( ), T = 2 g cos 30
OR:
F = g = 9.8 M1 A1
T = 3 g = 17 or 17.0 M1 A1 8
4. 12.6 2 = 2a.50 ( ⇒ a = 1.5876) M1 A1
800g sin15 − F = 800a M1 A1
R = 800g cos15 M1 A1
F = µR B1
M1
800gsin15 − µ 800g cos15 = 800 x 1.5876
A1
µ = 0.1, 0.10, 0.100
9
5. (a) 30 2 = 2a.300 M1
a = 1.5
A1 (2)
(b) M1
0 2 = 30 2 − 2 x 1.25s OR 0 = 30 − 1.25t 2
s = 360 t 2 = 24 A1
(20 + T + 24 + T )
300 + 30T + 360 = 1500 x 30 = 1500 M1 A1
2
T = 28 T = 28 A1 (5)
(c) triangle, drawn on the diagram, with base coinciding with base of B1
trapezium, top vertex above line v = 30 and meeting trapezium at least once
DB1
V marked correctly (2)
(d)
M1
30 = 1.5t1 ⇒ t1 = 20 A1
A1
30 = 1.25t 2 ⇒ t 2 = 24
1 M1 A1
(20 + 28 + 24)V = 1500
2
A1
750
V= = 41.67
18 (6)
125
= (oe) 0r 42 (or better)
3
15
6.(a) (i - 4j) - (4i - 8j) M1 A1
;( ± 6i ± 8j)
0.5
( ± 6)2 + (±8)2 = 10 M1 A1 (4)
r = (4i - 8j) + t(-6i + 8j) M1
(b) =(4i - 8j) − 6ti + 8tj

=(4 − 6t)i + (8t − 8)j * A1 (2)
At 10 am, r = −2i M1 A1
(c) At 10.30 am, r = −5i + 4 j A1
l = ki, k < −2 DM1

k = −5 − 4 = −9
l = −9i A1 (5)
11
7.(a) Inextensible string B1 (1)
(b) 4mg − T = 4 ma M1A1

T − 2 mg sin α − F = 2 ma M1A1 (4)
F = 0.25 R B1
(c) R = 2 mg cos α B1
cos α = 0.8 or sin α = 0.6
B1
Eliminating R, F and T M1
a = 0.4 g = 3.92 A1 (5)
v 2 = 2 x 0.4gh
(d) M1
−2mg sin α − F = 2ma′ M1
a′ = −0.8g A1
0 2 = 0.8gh − 2x 0.8g x s
M1
s = 0.5h A1
XY = 0.5h + h = 1.5h A1
(6)
16

Fax 01623 450481
For more information on Edexcel qualifications, please visit our website

www.edexcel.com

January 2014
Pearson Edexcel International

Advanced Level
Mechanics 1 (WME01/01)
Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are awarded by Pearson, the UK’s largest awarding body. We provide
a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational, occupational and specific programmes
for employers. For further information visit our qualifications websites at www.edexcel.com or
www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively, you can get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page
at www.edexcel.com/contactus.
Pearson aspires to be the world’s leading learning company. Our aim is to help everyone progress in
their lives through education. We believe in every kind of learning, for all kinds of people, wherever
they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for over 150 years, and by working across 70
countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international reputation for our commitment to high
standards and raising achievement through innovation in education. Find out more about how we can
January 2014
Publications Code IA037817
 All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark
the first candidate in exactly the same way as they mark the last.
 Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded
for what they have shown they can do rather than penalised for
omissions.
 Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according to
their perception of where the grade boundaries may lie.
 There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should
be used appropriately.
Examiners should always award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer
matches the mark scheme. Examiners should also be prepared to award
zero marks if the candidate’s response is not worthy of credit according to
the mark scheme.
 Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the
principles by which marks will be awarded and exemplification may be
limited.
 Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced
 M marks: method marks are awarded for ‘knowing a method and attempting to
apply it’, unless otherwise indicated.
 A marks: Accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M) marks
have been earned.
 B marks are unconditional accuracy marks (independent of M marks)
 Marks should not be subdivided.
3. Abbreviations
schemes.

obtain this mark

out.

General Notes From Chief Examiner
 Usual rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dim correct; all terms
that need resolving (i.e. multiplied by cos or sin) are resolved.
 Omission or extra g in a resolution is accuracy error not method error.
 Omission of mass from a resolution is method error.
 Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an

accuracy error.
 DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a
previous specified method mark has been awarded.
 Any numerical answer which comes from use of g = 9.8 should be given to 2 or 3
SF.
 N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised

ONCE per complete question.
question i.e. (a) or (b) or (c),……then that working can only score marks for that part
of the question.
 Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially

simplify it, deduct two from any A or B marks gained, bearing in mind that after a
misread, the subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
M1 A1
1. (a) 12MU  2MU  5MV
2U  V A1 (3)
I  2M V  U  OR I  3M  V  4U  M1 A1
(b)  6MU
A1 (3)
Notes
M1 for attempt at CLM equation, with correct no. of terms,
dimensionally correct. Allow consistent extra g’s and cancelled M’s and sign errors.
1. (a)
Second A1 for 2U (-2U A0)
N.B. Allow U’s to be dropped or omitted in the equation if U is inserted in answer at the end. (Full
marks can be scored). However, if U is not inserted then M0.
M1 for attempt at impulse = difference in momenta, for either
particle, (must be considering one particle) (M0 if g’s are included or if mass omitted or if equation
is dimensionally incorrect)
(b) Allow ± 2M(V - U) or ± 3M(-V – 4U) where V is their speed which does not need to be substituted.
First A1 for ± 2M(2U - -U) or ± 3M(- 2U – -4U)
A1 for 6MU cao ( - 6MU is A0) Allow change of sign at end to obtain magnitude.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2. (a) M1 A1 (2)
v  22   3  13  3.61 ms 1
2
a  4  2i  3j   i  4 j M1 A1
(b) a   7i  8 j m
DM1 A1 (4)
Notes
M1 for √ (sum of squares of cpt.s) allow √(22+32)
2. (a)
A1 for √13, 3.6 or better
First M1 for a  4  2i  3j   i  4 j oe
A1 for a  4  2i  3j   i  4 j oe
Second DM1, dependent, for solving for a
(b) A1 for  7i  8 j
 7i 
A0 for   or  7i,8 j
 8j 
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
M1 A1 A1
M(X), 25g(14 – x) + 100g. 12 = 2009 x 6
3.
x  12.8, 13 (m) DM1 A1
Notes
First M1 for producing an equation in a relevant unknown length only.
Usual rules, correct no. of terms, dim correct. (If more than one equation is used, rules apply to each
equation)
First A2 for a correct equation; -1 each error (omission of g’s counts as one error)
3.
Second DM1, dependent, for solving for AG.
Third A1 for 12.8, 13 oe.
S.C. If they use M in their equation(s) and never find it or just assume a value for it e.g. 100, can
score max M1A0A0M0A0
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4 3
Use of F   R; cos   or sin   B1 ; B1
5 5
kmg cos   mg sin   F M1 A1 A1
4. mg cos   kmg sin   R M1 A1 A1
equation in k and  only DM1
3  4
k DM1 A1
4  3
11
Notes
First B1 for use of F   R i.e. seen on the diagram or in an equation.
Second B1 for cos   0.8 or sin   0.6 seen.
First M1 for resolving parallel to the plane (usual rules)
First A2 for a correct equation; -1 each error (omission of both g’s is 1 error)
Second M1 for resolving perpendicular to the plane (usual rules)
Second A2 for a correct equation; -1 each error (omission of both g’s is 1 error)
4. N.B. In each equation, if they write cos 4/5 or sin 3/5 (or both) treat as 1 A error but allow recovery
if they actually use the correct trig. ratios.
Third DM1, dependent on first two M marks, for producing an equation in k and µ only.
Fourth DM1, dependent on third M1, for solving for k, in terms of µ only.
3  4
Fifth A1 for k  oe
4  3
N.B. The first two M1A2 marks can be for two resolutions in any two directions.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 M1 A1
48  3u  9a
2 M1 A1
5. 1
248  8u  64a
2
1
A1
a  6 ms M1
u  7 ms 1
A1
Notes
First M1 for producing an equation in u and a only.
Second M1 for producing an equation in u and a only.
(M0 for 200 = 5u + 0.5a. 52)
Third M1 independent for solving simultaneous equations, in u and a only, for either u or a
Third A1 for a = 6
Fourth A1 for u = 7
Alternative using speed v at t = 3:

First M1 for attempt at: 48 = 3v – 0.5a.32
5.
Second M1 attempt at : 200 = 5v + 0.5a. 52
Third M1 independent for solving simultaneous equations, in u and a only, for either u or a
Third A1 for a = 6
Fourth A1 for u = 7
Alternative, using average speed = actual speed at half-time

v = 48/3 at t = 1.5 (must be used/stated) M1 A1
v = 200/5 at t = 5.5 (must be used/stated) M1 A1
a = (40 – 16)/(5.5 – 1.5) = 6 DM1 A1
u = 16 – (6 x 1.5) = 7 A1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
0.75  12 a(0.5) 2 M1 A1
6. (a) a6 A1
0.5 g sin   T  0.5a M1 A1
T  0.92 N A1 (6)
R  0.1g B1
T   R  0.1a
M1 A1
(b) 0.92   0.1g  0.1  6
  0.327 or 0.33 M1 A1
(5)
11
Notes
2
First M1 for use of s = ut + 1/2at (or use of 2 suvat formulae AND eliminating v) with u = 0, to
give equation in a only.
Second A1 for a = 6
6. (a)
Second M1 for resolving parallel to the plane, up or down, for Q only.
Third A1 for a correct equation (a does not need to be substituted)
Fourth A1 for T = 0.92 (N)
B1 for R = 0.1g
First M1 for resolving horizontally for P only
First A1 for a correct equation (neither T, R nor a need to be substituted)
Second M1 for substituting for T, R and a and solving for µ.
Second A1 for µ = 0.327 or 0.33 (16/49 A0)
(b) Alternative:
B1 for R = 0.1g
First M1 for a ‘whole system’ equation: 0.5g sin    R  0.6a
First A1 for a correct equation (neither R nor a need to be substituted)
Second M1 for substituting for R and a and solving for µ.
Second A1 for µ = 0.327 or 0.33
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
9
7. (a) tan   M1 A1
13
A1 (3)
  34.7
a  2i  j  b  i  3j   9i  13j M1 A2
2a  b  9 M1
a  3b  13
(b)
a  2, b  5 M1 A1 A1
P   4i  2 j N; Q   5i  15 j N A1 A1
(9)
12
Notes
M1 for tan  = 9/13 or 13/9

First A1 for a correct equation (allowing for a correct adjustment to their angle in the subsequent
7. (a)
working)
Second A1 for  = 35o or better or 325o or better
First M1 for P + Q = 9i + 13j or P + Q = F (can occur anywhere)

First A2; Treat as B1 for a(2i – j) seen or implied; B1 for b(i + 3j) seen or implied. If they use the
same a and b, they lose one of the B marks.
Second M1 for equating their i- cpts and their j- cpts to produce two equations in two unknowns
Third independent M1 for eliminating one unknown from 2 simultaneous equations
(b) Third A1 for a = 2 oe
Fourth A1 for b = 5 oe
Fifth A1 for P  (4i  2 j) (N)
Sixth A1 for Q = (5i +15 j) (N)
N.B. Can score all the marks if they ‘spot’ the answers.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
B1
trapezium
v
B1 triangle
& overlap
B1 figs
8. (a)
0 30 90 150 180 t (3)
1 M1 A1
(90  60).20  1500
2
(b) 1
1500  a.902 M1 A1 ft
2
10
a ms 1 or decimal A1
27 (5)
M1 A1
10t
 20
(c) 27 A1
t  54 s
A1 ft
t  126 s
(4)
10  100  M1
 90  
27  3 
100 1 10  580  DM1 A1
 6  . .62   
(d) 3 2 27  3 
580
d   20  6  DM1
3
220 A1 (5)
 m or decimal
3
17
Notes
First B1 for isosceles (approx.) trapezium, from the origin, finishing on the t-axis.
Second B1 for isosceles (approx.) triangle, from the origin, finishing on the t-axis at the same point
8. (a)
and overlapping twice.
Third B1 for 30, 90, 150, 180 placed correctly. Allow delineators
First M1 for complete method to find distance (or half the distance) between the stations
First A1 for a correct expression (may not be evaluated)
Second M1 for a complete method to find a (M0 if they use s = the full distance in any suvat
(b)
equation)
Second A1 ft on their distance
Third A1 10/27 oe, 0.37 or better
First M1 for (their a) x t = 20 (or their v max for A)

(c)
Second A1 for 54 (t1) (54.1 A0)
Third A1 ft for (180 – t1), provided 30 < t1 < 90
First M1 for finding max speed of B e.g. their a x 90 (ans 100/3) (may have been found in (b) but
must be seen in (d)
Second M1 for a complete method (must have found a max V) to find distance moved by B between
t = 90 and t = 96 (or between 84 and 90)
(d)
First A1 for a correct expression
Third DM1, dependent on first and second M marks, for a complete method
to find the required distance
Second A1 for 220/3 m oe, 73 m or better
EDEXCEL MECHANICS M1 (6677) – JUNE 2002 PROVISIONAL MARK SCHEME
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) s = ut + 1
2
at2 : 50 = 5 × 4 + 1
2
× a × 42 M1 A1
⇒ 30 = 8a ⇒ a = 3.75 m s−1 A1 (3)
(b) 302 = 52 + 2 × 3.75 × s M1 A1 ft
⇒ s = 116 23 m A1 (3)
(6 marks)
2. 5 3
A B
v I = 3.6
1 or 1
Considering momentum of A: 3.6 = 0.5(5 + v) M1 A1
⇒ v = 2.2 m s−1 A1 (3)
Considering momentum of B: 3.6 = m(3 + 1) or m(3 – 1)
m = 0.9 or m = 1.8 M1 A1 (one)
M1 A1 (both)
(4)
(7 marks)
3. (a)
A 30 C 20 50 B
16 w 5
M(C): 16 × 30 = w × 20 + 5 × 70 (3 terms) M1 A1
⇒ w = 6.5 N A1 (3)
(b)
d D
3.5 6.5 5
M(D): 3.5d + 6.5(d – 50) = 5(100 – d) M1 A2ft
(−1 eeoo)
⇒ d = 55 cm A1 (4)
(c) Tension equal along string, i.e. tensions = weights throughout B1 (1)
or no contributions from strings in moments equation
(8 marks)
(ft = follow through mark; −1eeoo = minus one mark for each error or omission)
1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4. (a) R 2
F= 5
R B1
P R(↑): R cos 30° − F cos 60° = 6g M1 A1
R 2
3
− 2
5
R− 1
2
= 6g
F ⇒ R = 88.3 N (or 88 N) A1 (4)

6g
(b) R(←): P = R cos 60° + F cos 30° M1 A1
= 74.7 N (or 75 N) A1 (3)
(c)
R′ Component of weight (↙) = 6g cos 60°
F′
= 29.4 N B1
R ′ = 6g cos 30° = 50.9 N M1 A1

Fmax = 0.4 R ′ = 20.36 N M1
6g Since 29.4 > 20.36, the box moves A1 cso (5)
(12 marks)
5. (a)
1
tan θ = 1
2
⇒ θ = 26.6° M1 A1
θ 2
angle required = 153.4° A1 (3)
(b) a = 13 [(i − 2j) – (−5i + 7j)] M1

= (2i – 3j) m s−2 A1 (2)
(c) F = ma = 4i – 6j M1
F = √(16 + 36) = 7.21 N M1 A1 (3)
(d) v = (−5 + 2t)i + (7 – 3t)j M1 A1ft (2)
− 5 + 2t
(e) v parallel to i + j ⇒ =1 M1
7 − 3t
⇒ t = 2.4 s M1 A1 (3)
(13 marks)
(cso = correct solution only)
2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. (a) v
3 shape B1
(3, 2.5) B1 (2)
t
[1.5] T 2.5
(b) Area = 27 = 1
2
× 1.5 × 3 + 3T + 1
2
× 2.5 × 3 M1 A1
⇒ T=7s A1 (3)
(c) a
shape 0 ≤ t ≤ 8.5 B1
2
shape t > 8.5 B1
7 2.5 t
(2, 7 (ft), 2.5) B1 (3)
(−1.2)
(d) (System)
T
T – 200g = 200 × 2 M1 A1
 ⇒ T = 2360 N A1 (3)
(e) (Man)
R − 80g = −80 × 1.2 M1 A1
 R
⇒ R = 688 N A1 (3)
(14 marks)
3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7. (a) R
T F
A
T
2mg
B
mg
R = 2mg ⇒ F = 2µmg B1
A: T – 2µmg = 2ma M1 A1
B: mg × 1
2
− T = ma M1 A1
Eliminating T: 3ma = 1
2
mg – 2µmg M1
a = 16 (1 − 4µ)g () A1 (7)
(b) µ = 0.2 ⇒ a = 1
30
g B1
when string breaks: v2 = 2 × 1

30
g×h = 1
15
gh M1 A1
A decelerating with deceleration f ⇒ 2mf = 2µmg
f = µg = 1
5
g B1
Hence distance travelled during deceleration is given by 1

15
gh = 2 × 1
5
gd M1
⇒d= 1
6
h
∴ Total distance = 7
6
h A1 cso (6)
(c) Any two from: weight of pulley; friction at pulley; friction on slope; B1 B1 (2)
weight of string; string extensible; ‘spin’ of particle
(15 marks)
(() indicates final line is given on the paper; cso = correct solution only)
4
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) R R
A x
40g
80g
R(↑): 2R = 80g + 40g M1
R = 60g or 588 N A1 (2)
(b) M(A): 80g × x + 40g × 2 = 60g × 3 M1 A2 ft
(−1 eeoo)
⇒ x = 1 14 m A1 (4)
(6 marks)
2. (a) I = 0.12 × 3 = 0.36, Ns B1, B1 (2)
(b) 0.12 × 3 = 0.12 × 1.2 + 0.08v M1 A1
⇒ v = 2.7 m s−1 A1 (3)
(c) I = 0.12 × (3 – 1.2) or 0.08 × 2.7 M1
= 0.216 Ns A1 (2)
(7 marks)
3. (a) “ v2 = u2 + 2as ” : v2 = 42 + 2 × g × 5 M1 A1
−1 −1
v ≈ 10.7 m s (accept 11 m s ) A1 (3)
(b) “ v = u + at ” : −10.7 = 4 – gt M1 A1 ft
14.7
t= = 1.5 s A1 (3)
g
(c) Air resistance; ‘spin’; height of diver; hit board again;
horizontal component of velocity (any two) B1 B1 (2)
(8 marks)
4. R R(↖): R = 5g cos α + 20 sin α M1 A1

F
R(↗): F + 20 cos α = 5g sin α M1 A1
20
Using cos α = 4
5
or sin α = 3
5 B1
[⇒ R = 51.2 N; F = 13.4 N]
Using F = µR M1
α 5g
Solving: µ = 0.262 (accept 0.26) M1 A1 (8)
(8 marks)
(ft = follow through mark; −1eeoo = minus one mark for each error or omission)
1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5. (a) “ v = u + at ” : v = (−2 + 2t)i + (7 – 3t)j M1 A1
v parallel to i ⇒ 7 – 3t = 0 ⇒ t = 2 13 s M1 A1 (4)
(b) t = 3, v = 4i – 2j M1
|v| = √20 ≈ 4.47 m s−1 M1 A1 (3)
(c) Angle = (arctan 2
4
), + 90° = 116.6° (accept 117°) M1, M1 A1 (3)
4
[or 180° − (arctan 4
2
)] [M1 M1 A1]
2
(10 marks)
6. (a) R(↖): R = 3g cos 30° (= 25.46 N) M1 A1

R F = 0.4R ≈ 10.2 N (accept 10 N) M1 A1 (4)
a
R(↗): −F + 3g sin 30° = 3a M1 A2
(b)
(−1 eeoo)
⇒ a ≈ 8.3 m s−2 M1 A1
F
“ v2 = u2 + 2as ” : 62 = 2 × a × s M1
3g
⇒ s ≈ 2.17 m (accept 2.2 m) A1 (7)
(11 marks)
7. (a) v Shape for A B1
B
60
Shape for B with B1
30 A parallel slope
Figures B1 (3)
t
12 40 T
(b) Distance moved by A = 1
2
× 12 × 30, + 30(T – 12) B1, M1 A1
B accelerates for 24 s B1
Distance moved by B = 1
2
× 24 × 60, + 60(T – 64) B1, M1 A1
1
2
× 12 × 30, + 30(T – 12) = 1
2
× 24 × 60, + 60(T – 64) M1
⇒ T = 98 s A1 (9)
(12 marks)
(ft = follow through mark; −1 eeoo = minus one mark for each error or omission)
2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8. (a) Car + truck: 2000a = 2400 – 600 – 400 M1 A1
a = 0.7 m s−2 A1 (3)
(b) Car only: T – 400 = 800 × 0.7 M1 A1 ft
[or truck only: 2400 – T – 600 = 1200 × 0.7]
T = 960 N A1 (3)
(c) New acceleration of truck a′ given by 1200 a′ = 2400 – 600 M1
a′ = 2400 – 600 = 1.5 m s−1 A1
28 − 20
Time to reach 28 m s−1 = = 5.33 s M1 A1
1.5
28 − 20
Time to reach 28 m s−1 if rope had not broken = = 11.43 s M1 A1
0.7
Difference = 6.1 s ≈ 6 s (*) A1 (7)
(13 marks)
(ft = follow through mark; (*) indicates final line is given on the paper)
3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 T (a) R (→): T cos 60 = 50 cos 30 M1 A1

50
T = 86.6 N A1
(3)
W
(b) R(↑): W = 50 sin 30 + T cos 30 M1 A1
= 100 N A1
(3)
or R ( to BC): W cos 60 = 50 M1 A1
W = 100 N A1
(3)
(a) M1 for a valid equation in T only

Treat use of tan 30/60 (e.g. tan 30 = T/50) as invalid equation unless there is a triangle of
Forces
(b) M1 for a valid equation involving W (and T if necessary)
for first A1 in (i), allow for using their T (i.e. effectively f.t.)
Accept each answer as awrt.
1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2 (a) ‘v = u + at’: 9.5 = 5 + 1.5a ⇒ a = 3 M1 A1

↓
Hence v2 = 52 + 2 x 3 x 24 M1
= 169 ⇒ v = 13 m s–1 (*) A1

(4)
(b) ‘I = mv – mu’ : –30 = 2(v – 13) ⇒ v = (–) 2 m s–1 M1 A1
In direction of CA (o.e.) A1
(3)
(a) 2nd M1 for equation in v (and numbers) only

Final A1 is cso
(b) M1 for valid impulse = momentum change equn with 3 non-zero terms including ‘30’ and ‘13’
A1 for ‘30’ and ‘13’ with same sign
A1 for direction as ‘CB’ or anything convincing!
NB both A’s in (b) are cao = cso!
2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
u
3
2 kg 4 kg CLM: 2u = –2v + 4w M1 A1
↓
v w Using w = 3v (⇒ 2u = –2v + 12v) and solve M1
⇒ v = 1
5
u (*) A1 cso
(4)
(b) 10 = 2a ⇒ a = 5 m s–2 B1
0 = 1
25
u2 – 2 x 5 x 1.6 M1 A1√
↓
→ u = 20 m s–1 M1 A1
(5)
(a) 1st M1 for valid CLM equn

2nd M1 for correct equn for ‘v’ and ‘w’ and solving for v or w.
Final A1 is cso (dropping u and reinserting loses last A1)
(b) Allow B1 for a = ± 5

M1 for using ‘v2 = u2 + 2as’ with v = 0 and with a value for a
A1 f.t. on their a (provided this is not g), but signs must be correct
SC For using u instead of u/5 ( u = 4), allow M1 A0 M0.
Energy: ½ x 2 x (u/5)2 = 10 x 1.6 M1 A1 A1
→ u = 20 dep M1 A1
3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4 (a) M(D): 20g x 1.5 + 10g x 1 = RB x 3 M1 A1

↓
⇒ RB = 40g/3 ≈ 131 or 130 N M1 A1
(4)
[NB For moments about another point, allow M1 A1 for moments equation dimensionally
correct and with correct number of terms; second M1 is for complete method to find RB.]
(b) R(↑): RD + 40g/3 = 20g + 10g M1 A1√
⇒ RD = 50g/3 ≈ 163 or 160 N A1

(3)
or M(B): 20g x 1.5 + 10g x 2 = RD x 3 M1 A1
⇒ RD = 50g/3 ≈ 163 or 160 N A1

(3)
[NB For moments about another point, allow M1 for a complete method to find RD, A1 for a correct
equation for RD.]
(c) RB = 0 M1
M(D): 20g x x = 10g x 1 M1 A1
x = DF = 0.5 m A1
(4)
For weight/mass confusion, A0 A0 in (a) but allow f.t. in (b) (ans 50/3 = 16.7)
General rule of deducting max. 1 per question for > 3 s.f
(c) 2nd M1: must have correct no. of non=zero terms, and equation in x only
If use value(s) of R’s from (a) or (b): M0.
4
Number
5 (a)
R F R = 400g cos 15° (≈ 3786 N) B1
T
F = 0.2R used B1
400g T + 0.2R = 400g sin 15° M1 A1

↓
T ≈ 257 or 260 N M1 A1
(6)
(b) 400g sin 15° – 0.2 x 400g cos 15° = 400a M1 A1
a = 0.643(…) A1
50 = 1
2
x 0.643 x t2 M1 A1√
t = 12.5 or 12 s A1
(6)
General rule again about > 3 sf
Weight/mass confusion: treat as MR [ T = 26.3/26; a = 0.0656…; t = 39(.0)]
(b) Allow a = 0.64
(Final M1 not dependent but requires an attempt to find an a which is not assumed to be g)
5
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6 (a) Direction of v = (7i – 7.5j) – (4i – 6j) = 3i – 1.5j M1

↓
1.5
tan θ = = 0.5 ⇒ θ = 26.565… M1 A1
3
Bearing = 117 (accept awrt) A1

(4)
(b) v = (3i – 1.5j) ÷ 3

4
= 4i – 2j B1
s = (4i – 6j) + t(4i – 2j) M1 A1√

(3)
5
(c) At 1015 s = (4i – 6j) + 4
(4i – 2j) ( = 9i – 8.5j) M1 A1
m = 0.25 (pi + qj) B1

↓
s = m ⇒ p = 36, q = – 34 M1 A1, A1
(6)
(a) Forming direction for v can be either way round.

M1 for tan = ‘i/j’ or ‘j/i’
A1 for 26.6 or 63.4 (awrt) from a correct direction for v
A1 cao
(b) Allow B1 for correct vector for v wherever seen (e.g. in (a))
(c) line 1: or (7i – 7.5j) + ½(4i – 2j) = …..

1st M1 allow for a valid attempt with a value of t.
2nd M1 using s = m and equating at least one coefficient
6
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7 R1 R2
F1 F2 40
4g 6g
2 2
(a) F1 = 7
x 4g (= 11.2) or F2 = 7
x 6g (= 16.8) B1
2 2
System: 40 – 7
x 4g – 7
x 6g = 10a (equn in a and not T) M1 A1
⇒ a = 1.2 m s–2 (*) A1

(4)
8 12
(b) P: T – 7
g = 4 x 1.2 or Q: 40 – T – 7
g = 6 x 1.2 M1 A1
⇒ T = 16 N A1
(3)
(c) Accelerations of P and Q are same B1
(1)
(d) v = 1.2 x 7 = 8.4 B1
P: (–) 8
7
g = 4a ⇒ a = (–) 2
7
g = 2.8 M1 A1
↓
0 = 8.4 – 2.8t ⇒ t = 3 s (*) M1 A1
(5)
(e) Q: 40 – 12
7
g = 6a (⇒ a ≈ 3.867) M1 A1
↓
–1
v = 8.4 + 3.867 x 3 = 20 m s M1 A1
(4)
(a) 1st A1 requires values for the F’s. (Allow M1 with just ‘F’’s)
(b) Allow M1 A1 for one of these equations wherever seen (e.g. in (a))
(c) extra statement about tensions being equal (with the correct ans): B0
(d) allow verification
No g: allow 1st M1 in each of parts (a), (b), (d), (e) as f.t. but other A’s are cao
7
GCE
Edexcel GCE
Mechanics M1 (6677)
Summer 2005

Mechanics M1 (6677)
Edexcel GCE
June 2005
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme

Number
1 (a) ‘v = u + at’: 74 = 2 + a x 20 ⇒ a = 3.6 m s–2 M1 A1

(2)
2 2 2 2
(b) ‘v = u + 2as’: 74 = 2 + 2 x 3.6 x AC
or ‘s = ut + ½at2’: AC = 2 x 20 + ½ x 3.6 x 202 M1 A1√
⇒ AC = 760 m A1
Hence BC = 1200 – 760 = 440 m B1√

(4)
2 8 2 CLM: 0.6 x 8 – 0.2 x 2 = 0.6 x v + 0.2 x w M1 A1

↓
v w Using w = 2v to form equn in v/w only M1
↓
Solve to get v = 4.4 m s–1 M1 A1
(5)
(b) Impulse on B = 0.2(2 + 8.8) M1 A1√
= 2.16 Ns A1
(3)
3 T
T (a) R(→) T cos α = 6 M1 A1
6 → T = 7.5 N A1
W (3)
(b) R(↑) T + T sin α = W M1 A1

↓
Using same T’s and solving M1
→ W = 12 N A1
(4)
Number
4 R
18
(a) R (perp to plane): R = 2g cos 20 M1 A1
≈ 18.4 or 18 N A1
F 2g (3)
(b) R (// to plane): 18 – 2g sin 20 – F = 2a M1 A1
F = 0.6 R used B1
↓
Sub and solve: a = 0.123 or 0.12 m s–2 M1 A1
(5)
5 (a) 10 Shape 0 < t < 12 B1
Shape t > 12 B1
3
Figures B1
12 27 (3)
(b) Distance in 1st 12 s = ½ x (10 + 3) x 12 or (3 x 12) + ½ x 3 x 7 M1
= 78 m A1
(2)
(c) either
distance from t = 12 to t = 27 = 15 x 3 = 45
∴ distance in last section = 135 – 45 = 12 m B1√
½ x 3 x t = 12, M1 A1√
⇒ t=8s A1
hence total time = 27 + 8 = 35 s A1

(5)
or Distance remaining after 12 s = 135 – 78 = 57 m
B1√
½ x (15 + 15 + t) x 3 = 57
M1 A1√
⇒ t=8
A1
Hence total time = 27 + 8 = 35 s
A1
Number
6 R
(a) M(A): 12g x 1.5 = R x 2 M1 A1
12g R = 9g or 88.2 N A1
(3)
(b)
S S R(↑) 2S = 48g + 12g M1 A1
x
48g 12g S = 30g
M(A): S x 2 = 12g x 1.5 + 48g x x M1 A2,1,0

↓↓
Sub for S and solve for x: x = 7/8 or 0.875 or 0.88 m M1 A1
(7)
7 600
300 T T 1500
(a) Lorry + Car: 2500a = 1500 – 300 – 600 M1 A1
a = 0.24 m s–2 A1
(3)
(b) Car: T cos 15 – 300 = 900a OR Lorry: 1500 – T cos 15 – 600 = 1600a M1 A1
↓↓
Sub and solve: T ≈ 534 N M1 A1
(4)
(c) 300 Deceleration of car = 300/900 = 1/3 m s–1 M1 A1
Hence 62 = 2 x 1/3 x s ⇒ s = 54 m M1 A1
(4)
(d) Vertical component of T now removed M1
Hence normal reaction is increased A1 cso

(2)
Number
8 (a) Speed of ball = √(52 + 82) ≈ 9.43 m s–1 M1 A1

(2)
(b) p.v. of ball = (2i + j) + (5i + 8j)t M1 A1
(2)
(c) North of B when i components same, i.e. 2 + 5t = 10 M1
t = 1.6 s A1
(2)
(d) When t = 1.6, p.v. of ball = 10i + 13.8j (or j component = 13.8) M1 A1
↓
Distance travelled by 2nd player = 13.8 – 6 = 6.8 M1 A1
↓
Speed = 6.8 ÷ 1.6 = 4.25 m s-1 M1 A1
(6)
or [(2 + 5t)i +] (1 + 8t)j = [10i +] (7 + vt)j (pv’s or j components same) M1 A1
Using t = 1.6: 1 + 12.8 = 7 + 1.6v (equn in v only) ↓
M1 A1
v = 4.25 m s–1 ↓
M1 A1
(e) Allow for friction on field (i.e. velocity of ball not constant)
B1
or allow for vertical component of motion of ball (1)
(a) M1 Valid attempt at speed (square, add and squ. root cpts)
(b) M1 needs non-zero p.v. + (attempt at veloc vector) x t. Must be vector
(d) 2nd M1 – allow if finding displacement vector (e.g. if using wrong time)
3rd M1 for getting speed as a scalar (and final answer must be as a scalar). But if
they get e.g. ‘4.25j’, allow M1 A0
(e) Allow ‘wind’, ‘spin’, ‘time for player to accelerate’, size of ball
Do not allow on their own ‘swerve’, ‘weight of ball’.
GCE
Edexcel GCE
Mechanics M1 (6677)
June 2006
Mark Scheme
(Results)
Mechanics M1 (6677)
Edexcel GCE
June 2006
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme

Number
Qu 1 (a) Constant acceleration B1

(1)
(b) Constant speed/velocity B1
(1)
(c) Distance = ½ (2 + 5) x 3, + (4 x 5) M1 A1, B1
= 30.5 m A1
(4)
(a) and (b) Accept ‘steady’ instead of ‘constant. Allow ‘o.e.’ (= ‘or equivalent’)
within reason! But must have idea of constant.
‘constant speed and constant acceleration’ for (a) or (b) is B0
(c) M1 for valid attempt at area of this trap. as area of a trap. Or this trap. as =
triangle + rectangle, i.e. correct formula used with at most a slip in numbers.
B1 for area of rectangle as 5 x 4
Treating whole as a single const acceln situation, or whole as a single trapezium, is

M0.
If assume that top speed is 5.1 or 5.2, allow full marks on f.t. basis (but must be
consistent)
6677/01 Mechanics M1
June 2006 Advanced Subsidiary/Advanced Level in GCE Mathematics
Qu 2 . (a) 6 2
0.4 0.3
v 3
CLM: 0.4 x 6 – 0.3 x 2 = 0.4 x v + 0.3 x 3 M1 A1
⇒ v = (+) 2.25 m s–1 A1
(‘+’ ⇒) direction unchanged A1√

(4)
(b) I = 0.3 x (2 + 3) = 1.5, Ns (o.e.) M1 A1, B1
(3)
(a) M1 for 4 term equation dimensionally correct (± g). A1 correct

A1 answer must be positive
A1 f.t. – accept correct answer from correct working without justification; if
working is incorrect allow f.t. from a clear diagram with answer consistent with their
statement; also allow A1 if their ans is +ve and they say direction unchanged.
(b) M1 – need (one mass) x (sum or difference of the two speeds associated with the
mass chosen)
A1 – answer must be positive
B1 allow o.e. e.g. kg m s–1
Number
Qu 3 (a) AB: 50 = 2 x 22.5 + ½ a.4 M1 A1
⇒ a = 2.5 m s–2 A1
(3)
2 2
(b) v = 22.5 + 2 x 2.5 x 100 M1 A1√
⇒ v ≈ 31.7(2) m s–1 A1
(3)
(c) vB = 22.5 + 2 x 2.5 = 27.5 (must be used) M1
↓
31.72 = 27.5 + 2.5t OR 50 = 27.5t + ½ x 2.5t2 M1 A1√
OR 50 = ½ (27.5 + 31.72)t
⇒ t ≈ 1.69 s A1
(4)
2
OR 31.72 = 22.5 + 2.5T OR 100 = 22.5t + ½ x 2.5T M1 A1√
⇒ T ≈ 3.69 ↓
⇒ t ≈ 3.69 – 2 = 1.69 s M1 A1
(4)
2
OR 50 = 31.7t – ½ x 2.5t M2 A1√
Solve quadratic to get t = 1.69 s A1 (4)
NB note slight changes to scheme: dependency now in (c) and new rule on
accuracy of answers.
(b) M1 for valid use of data (e.g. finding speed at B by spurious means and using this
to get v at C is M0.
Accept answer as AWRT 31.7
In (b) and (c), f.t. A marks are for f.t. on wrong a and/or answer from (b).
(c) M1 + M1 to get to an equation in the required t (normally two stages, but they
can do it in one via 3rd alternative above)
Ans is cao. Hence premature approx (–> e.g. 1.68) is A0.
But if they use a 3 sf answer from (b) and then give answer to (c) as 1.7, allow full
marks. And accept 2 or 3 s.f. answer or better to (c).
Qu 4 (a) R F R = 0.5g cos α = 0.4g M1 A1
4 4 = F + 0.5g sin α M1 A1
0.5g F = µR used M1
4 = 0.4g.µ + 0.3g
⇒ µ ≈ 0.27(0) M1 A1
F (7)
(b) R
a 0.5a = 0.3g – 0.27 x 0.4g
M1 A2,1,0√
–2
0.5g ⇒ a ≈ (+) 3.76 m s (or 3.8)
A1
(4)
(a) 1st two M1’s require correct number of the correct terms, with valid attempt to
resolve the correct relevant term (valid ‘resolve’ = x sin/cos).
4th M1 (dept) for forming equn in µ + numbers only
(b) In first equn, allow their R or F in the equation for full marks.
A marks: f.t. on their R, F etc. Deduct one A mark (up to 2) for each wrong term.
(Note slight change from original scheme)
Qu 5 R 2R
(a) d
A R + 2R = 210 ⇒ R = 70 N M1 A1
210 (2)
(b) e.g. M(A): 140 x 90 = 210 x d M1 A1√

↓
⇒ d = 60 ⇒ AB = 120 cm M1 A1
(4)
S 3S
(c)
B 4S = 210 + W M1 A1
210 W
e.g. M(B): S x 120 + 3S x 30 = 210 x 60 M1 A2,1,0
Solve → (S = 60 and) W = 30 M1 A1
(7)
Note that they can take moments legitimately about many points
(a) M1 for a valid method to get R (almost always resolving!)
(b) 1st M1 for a valid moments equation

2nd M1 for complete solution to find AB (or verification)
Allow ‘verification’, e.g. showing 140 x 90 = 210 x 60 M1 A1

1260 = 1260 QED M1 A1
(c) In both equations, allow whatever they think S is in their equations for full marks
(e.g. if using S = 70).
2nd M1 A2 is for a moments equation (which may be about any one of 4+ points!)
1st M1 A1 is for a second equation (resolving or moments)
If they have two moments equations, given M1 A2 if possible for the best one
2 M marks only available without using S = 70.
If take mass as 210 (hence use 210g) consistently: treat as MR, i.e. deduct up to two
A marks and treat rest as f.t. (Answers all as given = 9.8). But allow full marks in
(b) (g’s should all cancel and give correct result).
Qu 6 (a) Car + trailer: 2100a = 2380 – 280 – 630 M1 A1
= 1470 ⇒ a = 0.7 m s–2 A1

(3)
(b) e.g. trailer: 700 x 0.7 = T – 280 M1 A1√
⇒ T = 770 N A1
(3)
(c) Car: 1400a’ = 2380 – 630 M1 A1
⇒ a’ = 1.25 m s–2 A1
distance = 12 x 4 + ½ x 1.25 x 42 M1 A1√
= 58 m A1
(6)
(d) Same acceleration for car and trailer B1
(1)
(a) M1 for a complete (potential) valid method to get a
(b) If consider car: then get 1400a = 2380 – 630 – T.

Allow M1 A1 for equn of motion for car or trailer wherever seen (e.g. in (a)).
So if consider two separately in (a), can get M1 A1 from (b) for one equation; then
M1 A1 from (a) for second equation, and then A1 [(a)] for a and A1 [(b)] for T.
In equations of motion, M1 requires no missing or extra terms and dimensionally

correct (e.g. extra force, or missing mass, is M0). If unclear which body is being
considered, assume that the body is determined by the mass used. Hence if ‘1400a’
used, assume it is the car and mark forces etc accordingly. But allow e.g. 630/280
confused as an A error.
(c) Must be finding a new acceleration here. (If they get 1.25 erroneously in (a),
and then simply assume it is the same acceln here, it is M0).
(d) Allow o.e. but you must be convinced they are saying that it is same
acceleration for both bodies. E.g. ‘acceleration constant’ on its own is B0
Ignore extras, but ‘acceleration and tension same at A and B’ is B0
Qu 7 (a) Speed = √(2.52 + 62) = 6.5 km h–1 M1 A1
(2)
(b) Bearing = 360 – arctan (2.5/6) ≈ 337 M1 A1

(2)
(c) R = (16 – 3 x 2.5)i + (5 + 3 x 6)j M1
= 8.5i + 23j A1
(2)
(d) At 1400 s = 11i + 17j M1 A1
At time t, s = 11i + (17 + 5t)j M1 A1

(4)
(e) East of R ⇒ 17 + 5t = 23 M1
⇒ t = 6/5 ⇒ 1512 hours A1

(2)
(f) At 1600 s = 11i + 27j
s – r = 2.5i + 4j M1
Distance = √(2.52 + 42) ≈ 4.72 km M1 A1

(3)
(a) M1 needs square, add and √ correct components
(b) M1 for finding acute angle = arctan (2.5/6) or arctan (6/2.5) (i.e. 67°/23°).
Accept answer as AWRT 337.
(c) M1 needs non-zero initial p.v. used + ‘their 3’ x velocity vector
(d) Allow 1st M1 even if non-zero initial p.v. not used here
(e) A1 is for answer as a time of the day
(f) 1st M1 for using t = 2 or 4 (but not 200, 400, 6, 16 etc) and forming s – r or r – s
Summer 2007
GCE
GCE Mathematics
Mechanics M1 6677

June 2007
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a)
→ T sin 20° = 12 M1 A1
T ≈ 35.1 (N ) awrt 35 A1 (3)
T 20°
12
(b) ↑ W = T cos 20° M1 A1
W ≈ 33.0 (N ) DM1 A1 (4)
awrt 33
[7]
−1
2. 4 ms
0.3 m
−1 −1
2 ms 2 ms
(a) A: I = 0.3 ( 8 + 2 ) M1 A1
=3 ( Ns ) A1 (3)
(b) LM 0.3 × 8 − 4m = 0.3 × ( −2 ) + 2m M1 A1

m = 0.5 DM1 A1 (4)
[7]
Alternative to (b) B: m ( 4 + 2) = 3 M1 A1
m = 0.5 DM1 A1 (4)
The two parts of this question may be done in either order.

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3. (a) ( )
M(C) 8g × 0.9 − 0.75 = mg 1.5 − 0.9 ( ) M1 A1
Solving to m = 2 ¿ cso DM1 A1 (4)
(b)
A D B
x
5g 8g 2g
M(D) 5 g × x = 8 g × ( 0.75 − x ) + 2 g (1.5 − x ) M1 A2(1, 0)

Solving to x = 0.6 (AD = 0.6 m) DM1 A1 (5)
[9]
4. (a)
v 2 horizontal
B1
lines
Joined by straight line sloping down B1
25, 10, 18, 30 oe B1 (3)
25
O 10 18 30 t
(b) 25 × 10 + 12 ( 25 + V ) × 8 + 12 × V = 526 M1 A1 A1
Solving to V = 11 DM1 A1 (5)
(c) " v = u + at " ⇒ 11 = 25 − 8a ft their V M1 A1ft

a = 1.75 (m s )
−2
A1 (3)
[11]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5. (a) R
1.2
40°
F
0.25g
↑ ± R + 1.2sin 40° = 0.25g M1 A1

Solving to R = 1.7 ( N) accept 1.68 DM1 A1 (4)
(b) → F = 1.2 cos 40° ( ≈ 0.919 ) M1 A1

Use of F = µ R B1
1.2 cos 40° = µ R ft their R DM1 A1ft
µ ≈ 0.55 accept 0.548 A1 cao

(6)
[10]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. (a) s = ut + 12 at 2 ⇒ 3.15 = 12 a × 9
4
M1 A1
a = 2.8 (m s ) ¿
−2
cso A1 (3)
(b) N2L for P: 0.5 g − T = 0.5 × 2.8 M1 A1

T = 3.5 ( N) A1 (3)
(c) N2L for Q: T − mg = 2.8m M1 A1

3.5 5
m= = ¿ cso DM1 A1 (4)
12.6 18
(d) The acceleration of P is equal to the acceleration of Q. B1 (1)
(e) v = u + at ⇒ v = 2.8 × 1.5 M1 A1

( or v = u + 2as ⇒ v = 2 × 2.8 × 3.15 )
2 2 2
(v 2
= 17.64, v = 4.2 )
v = u + at ⇒ 4.2 = −4.2 + 9.8t DM1 A1

6
t = , 0.86, 0.857 (s) DM1 A1 (6)
7
[17]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7. (a) v=
(
8i + 11j − 3i − 4j )or any equivalent M1 A1
2.5
v = 2i + 6j A1 (3)
(b) b = 3i − 4j + vt ft their v M1 A1 ft
(
= 3i − 4j + 2i + 6j t ) A1cao (3)
(c) i component: −9 + 6t = 3 + 2t M1
t=3 M1 A1
j component: 20 + 3λ = −4 + 18 M1
λ = −2 A1 (5)
(
(d) v B = √ 22 + 62 ) (
or vC = √ 62 + −2 ( ))
2
M1
Both correct A1
The speeds of B and C are the same cso A1 (3)

[14]
Summer 2008
GCE

June 2008
6677 Mechanics M1
Final Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) I = mv ⇒ 3 = 0.4 × v M1 A1
v = 7.5 ms −1 ( ) A1 (3)
(b) 7.5
0.4 0.6
v 5
LM 0.4 × 7.5 = 0.4v + 0.6 × 5 M1 A1

0 = 0.4v ⇒ v = 0 ¿ cso A1 (3)
[6]
2. (a) v 2 = u 2 + 2as ⇒ 17.52 = u 2 + 2 × 9.8 × 10 M1 A1

Leading to u = 10.5 A1 (3)
(b) v = u + at ⇒ 17.5 = −10.5 + 9.8T M1 A1 f.t.

6
T =2 (s) DM1 A1 (4)
7
Alternatives for (b) [7]
u+v 17.5 + −10.5
s=( )T ⇒ 10 = ( )T
2 2
M1A1 f.t.
20 DM1A1 (4)
=T
7
OR s = ut + 12 at 2 ⇒ − 10 = 10.5t − 4.9t 2 M1 A1 f.t.

6 ⎛ 5⎞
Leading to T = 2 , ⎜ − ⎟ Rejecting negative DM1 A1 (4)
7 ⎝ 7⎠
(b) can be done independently of (a)
s = vt − 12 at 2 ⇒ − 10 = −17.5t + 4.9t 2 M1 A1
6 5
Leading to T = 2 , DM1
7 7
5
For final A1, second solution has to be rejected. leads to a negative u. A1 (4)
7
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8
3. (a) tan θ = M1
6
θ ≈ 53° A1 (2)
(b) (
F = 0.4 6i + 8j ) (= 2.4i + 3.2j) M1
(
F = √ 2.4 2 + 3.2 2 = 4 ) M1 A1 (3)
The method marks can be gained in either order.
(c) (
v = 9i − 10j + 5 6i + 8j ) M1 A1
= 39i + 30 j ms −1( ) A1 (3)
[8]
4. (a)
v
25
shape B1
25, 10, 30, 90 B1 (2)
10
O 30 90 t
1
(b) 30 × 25 +
2
( ) ( )
25 + 10 t + 10 60 − t = 1410 M1 A1 A1
7.5t = 60
t=8 s () DM1 A1
25 − 10
a=
8
( )
= 1.875 ms −2 1 78 M1 A1 (7)
[9]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5. (a)
15 R
30° 50°
X
(↑) 15sin 30° = R sin50° M1 A1
R ≈ 9.79 N ( ) DM1 A1 (4)
(b) (→) X − 15cos30° = R cos50° ft their R M1 A2 ft

X ≈ 19.3 (N )
DM1 A1 (5)
[9]
Alternatives using sine rule in (a) or (b); cosine rule in (b)
R 15
(a) = M1 A1
sin30° sin50°
R 15 R ≈ 9.79 N ( ) DM1 A1 (4)
50° 30°
X 15 R M1 A2 ft on R
(b) = =
sin100° sin50° sin 30°
X
( )
X ≈ 19.3 N DM1 A1 (5)
X 2 = R 2 + 152 − 2 x 15 x Rcos100o
OR: cosine rule; any of R 2 = X 2 + 152 − 2 x 15 x X cos30o M1 A2 ft on R
152 = R 2 + X 2 − 2 x X x Rcos50o
X ≈ 19.3 N ( ) DM1 A1 (5)

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. (a)
X
2.4
0.8
A B
8g 12g
M A () 8g × 0.8 + 12g × 1.2 = X × 2.4 M1 A1

26g
X ≈ 85 N ( ) accept 84.9,
3
DM1 A1 (4)
(b)
X + 10 X
2.4
0.8
x
A B
8g 12g
R ↑( ) (X + 10)+ X = 8g + 12g M1 B1 A1
(X = 93)
M A () 8g × 0.8 + 12g × x = X × 2.4 M1 A1

( )
x = 1.4 m accept 1.36 A1 (6)
[10]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7. (a) R
45 N
50°
µR 4g
30°
R = 45cos 40° + 4g cos30° M1 A2 (1, 0)

R ≈ 68 accept 68.4 DM1 A1 (5)
(b) Use of F = µ R M1
F + 4g sin 30 = 45 cos 50° M1 A2 (1, 0)
Leading to µ ≈ 0.14 accept 0.136

DM1 A1 (6)
[11]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8. (a)
T T 30
µ 2g µ 3g
s = ut + 12 at 2 ⇒ 6 = 12 a × 9 M1
( )
a = 1 13 ms −2 A1 (2)
(b) N2L for system 30 − µ5g = 5a ft their a, accept

M1 A1ft
symbol
14 10
µ= = or awrt 0.48 DM1 A1 (4)
3g 21
(c) N2L for P T − µ 2 g = 2a ft their µ , their a, accept symbols M1 A1 ft

14 4
T− × 2g = 2 ×
3g 3
Leading to T = 12 N ( ) awrt 12 DM1 A1 (4)
Alternatively N2L for Q

30 − T − µ 3g = 3a M1 A1
Leading to T = 12 N ( ) awrt 12 DM1 A1
(d) The acceleration of P and Q (or the whole of the system) is the same. B1 (1)
4
(e) v = u + at ⇒ v = ×3= 4 B1 ft on a
3
N2L (for system or either particle)
−5µ g = 5a or equivalent M1
a = −µg
v = u + at ⇒ 0 = 4 − µ gt DM1
6
Leading to t =
7
s () accept 0.86, 0.857 A1 (4)
[15]
Summer 2009
GCE

June 2009
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q1
45 = 2u + 12 a2 2 ⇒ 45 = 2u + 2a M1 A1
M1 A1
165 = 6u + 12 a6 2 ⇒ 165 = 6u + 18a
eliminating either u or a M1
u = 20 and a = 2.5 A1 A1
[7]
Q2 (a) tan θ = p
⇒ θ = 26.6° M1 A1 (2)
2p
(b)
R = (i - 3j) + (pi + 2pj) = (1 + p)i + (-3 + 2p)j M1 A1
R is parallel to i ⇒ (-3 + 2p) = 0 DM1
⇒ p= 3
2
A1 (4)
[6]
Q3 (a)
7mu
For A: − = 2m(vA − 2u) M1 A1
2
u
vA = A1 (3)
4
(b) 7mu
= m(vB − −3u) M1 A1
2
For B:
u
vB = A1 (3)
2
OR CLM: OR
u
4mu − 3mu = 2m + mvB M1 A1
4
u A1 (3)
vB =
2
[6]
6677/01 GCE Mathematics June 2009 2

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q4 0.5gsin θ − F = 0.5a M1 A1 A1
F = 13 R seen B1
R = 0.5g cosθ M1 A1
Use of sin θ = 4
5 or cos θ = 3
5 or decimal equiv or decimal angle e.g 53.1 o or 53o B1
3g
a= or 5.88 m s-2 or 5.9 m s-2 DM1 A1
5
[9]
Q5 F = P cos 50 o M1 A1
F = 0.2R seen or implied. B1
P sin 50 o + R = 15g M1 A1 A1
Eliminating R; Solving for P ; DM1;D M1;

P = 37 (2 SF) A1
[9]
Q6 (a) For whole system: 1200 – 400 – 200 = 1000a M1 A1
a = 0.6 m s-2 A1 (3)

(b) For trailer: T – 200 = 200 x 0.6 M1 A1 ft
T = 320 N A1
OR:
OR: For car: 1200 – 400 – T = 800 x 0.6 M1 A1 ft
T = 320 N A1 (3)
(c) For trailer: 200 + 100 = 200f or -200f M1 A1
f = 1.5 m s-2 (-1.5) A1
For car: 400 + F – 100 = 800f or -800f M1 A2
F = 900 A1 (7)
(N.B. For both: 400 + 200 + F = 1000f )

[13]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q7 (a)
M (Q), 50g(1.4 − x) + 20g x 0.7 = TP x 1.4 M1 A1
TP = 588 − 350x Printed answer A1 (3)
(b)
M (P), 50gx + 20g x 0.7 = TQ x 1.4 or R(↑), TP + TQ = 70 g M1 A1
TQ = 98 + 350x A1 (3)
(c) Since 0 < x < 1.4 , 98 < TP < 588 and 98 < TQ < 588 M1 A1 A1
(3)
(d)
98 + 350x = 3 ( 588 − 350x ) M1
x = 1.19 DM1 A1 (3)

[12]
Q8 (a)
v = 1.2 2 + (−0.9)2 = 1.5 m s-1 M1 A1 (2)
(b) (rH =)100 j + t (1.2 i − 0.9 j) m M1 A1 (2)
(c) (rK =)9 i + 46 j + t (0.75 i + 1.8 j) m M1 A1
HK = rK − rH = (9 − 0.45t )i + (2.7t − 54) j m Printed Answer M1 A1 (4)
(d)
Meet when HK = 0
(9 − 0.45t ) = 0 and (2.7t − 54) = 0 M1 A1
A1
t = 20 from both equations
DM1 A1 cso
rK = rH = (24i + 82 j) m
(5)
[13]

Summer 2010
GCE
GCE Mechanics M1 (6677/01)

Edexcel is one of the leading examining and awarding bodies in the UK and throughout the
world. We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational,
occupational and specific programmes for employers.
Through a network of UK and overseas offices, Edexcel’s centres receive the support they
need to help them deliver their education and training programmes to learners.
For further information, please call our GCE line on 0844 576 0025, our GCSE team on 0844
576 0027, or visit our website at www.edexcel.com.
If you have any subject specific questions about the content of this
Mark Scheme that require the help of a subject specialist, you may find
our Ask The Expert email service helpful.
Summer 2010
© Edexcel Ltd 2010
Summer 2010
Mechanics M1 6677
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q1 (−4i − 7 j) = r + 4(−3i + 2 j) M1 A1
r = (8i − 15 j) A1
r = 82 + (−15) 2 = 17 m M1 A1 ft
[5]
Q2 (a)
4u ku
P Q
I I
2u ku
2
u
4mu − 3mku = −2mu + 3mk M1 A1
2
4
k= M1 A1cso (4)
3
(b) For P, I = m (2u - -4u) M1 A1

= 6mu A1 (3)
ku
OR For Q, I = 3m ( 2 - -ku) (M1A1)
[7]
Q3 (→) 100cos30 = F M1 A1
F = 0.5 R seen A1 (B1)
(↓) mg + 100cos60 = R M1 A1
m = 13 kg or 12.6 kg DM1 A1
[7]
GCE Mechanics M1 (6677) Summer 2010

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q4 R 500 200 500 S
M ( B),
500x + 500.2x + 200x3 = Rx5 + Sx1 (or any valid moments equation) M1 A1 A1
(↓) R + S = 500 + 500 + 200 = 1200 (or a moments equation) M1 A1
solving for x; x = 1.2 m M1 A1 cso

[7]
Q5 (a) Shape (both) B1

V Cross B1
Meet on t-axis B1
25 Figures 25,20,T,25 B1
20
O T 25 t (4)
(b) ⎛ t + 25 ⎞
For Q: 20 ⎜ ⎟ = 800 M1 A1
⎝ 2 ⎠
t = 55 DM1 A1
⎛ T + 55 ⎞
For P: 25 ⎜ ⎟ = 800 M1 A1
⎝ 2 ⎠
solving for T: T =9 DM1 A1 (8)
[12]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q6 (a) ( ↑ )v 2 = u 2 + 2as
0 = 14.7 2 − 2x 9.8 x s M1A1
s = 11.025 (or 11 or 11.0 or 11.03) m A1
Height is 60 m or 60.0 m ft A1ft (4)
(b) ( ↓ )v 2 = u 2 + 2as
v 2 = (−14.7) 2 + 2x 9.8 x 49 M1 A1
v = 34.3 or 34 m s-1 A1 (3)
(c) ( ↓ )v = u + at OR ( ↓ )s = ut + 12 at 2
34.3 = −14.7 + 9.8t 49 = −14.7t + 4.9t 2 M1 A1
t =5 t =5 A1 (3)
[10]
Q7 (a) B1
F = 13 R
( ↑ ) R cos α − F sin α = 0.4 g M1 A1
R = 23 g = 6.53 or 6.5 M1 A1 (5)
(b) (→)P − F cos α − Rsin α = 0 M1 A2

P = 26
45 g = 5.66 or 5.7 M1 A1 (5)
[10]

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Q8 (a) ( ↓ )0.4 g − T = 0.4a M1 A1

Mark ( ↑ )T − 0.3g = 0.3a M1 A1
together solving for T DM1
T = 3.36 or 3.4 or 12g/35 (N) A1 (6)
(b) 0.4 g − 0.3g = 0.7a DM1

a = 1.4 m s-2 , g/7 A1 (2)
(c) ( ↑ )v = u + at
v = 0.5 x 1.4 M1
= 0.7 A1 ft on a
( ↑ )s = ut + 12 at 2
s = 0.5 x 1.4 x 0.52 M1
= 0.175 A1 ft on a
( ↓ )s = ut + 12 at 2
1.175 = − 0.7t + 4.9t 2 DM1 A1 ft
4.9t 2 − 0.7t − 1.175 = 0
DM1 A1 cao
0.7 ± 0.7 2 + 19.6 x 1.175
t=
9.8
= 0.5663..or − ...
Ans 0.57 or 0.566 s A1 cao (9)

[17]

Fax 01623 450481
Order Code UA024469 Summer 2010

June 2011

Edexcel is one of the leading examining and awarding bodies in the UK and
throughout the world. We provide a wide range of qualifications including
academic, vocational, occupational and specific programmes for employers.
Through a network of UK and overseas offices, Edexcel’s centres receive the
support they need to help them deliver their education and training
programmes to learners.
For further information, please call our GCE line on 0844 576 0025, our
GCSE team on 0844 576 0027, or visit our website at www.edexcel.com.
If you have any subject specific questions about the content of this Mark Scheme
that require the help of a subject specialist, you may find our Ask The Expert
email service helpful.

June 2011
© Edexcel Ltd 2011
• M marks: method marks are awarded for ‘knowing a method and attempting to apply it’, unless otherwise
indicated.
• A marks: Accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M) marks have been earned.
3. Abbreviations
These are some of the traditional marking abbreviations that will appear in the mark schemes and can be used if
you are using the annotation facility on ePEN.

• cso - correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the question to obtain this mark
June 2011
Mechanics M1 6677
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1.
(a) 02 = u 2 − 2x9.8x40 M1 A1
u = 28 m s-1 ** GIVEN ANSWER A1
(3)
(b) 33.6 = 28t − 9.8t 1
2
2
M1 A1
4.9t − 28t + 33.6 = 0
2
28 ± 282 − 4x4.9x33.6
t=
9.8 M1
= 4 s or (1.7 s or 1.71 s) A1 A1
(5)
8
2.
(a) 3 2
CLM: 3x3 - 2x2 = 3v + 2(v+1) M1 A1
M1A1
v v +1 vP= 0.6 m s-1; vQ= 1.6 m s-1
(A1 ft)
(5)
(b) 3(v − 3) OR 2(v + 1 − −2) M1 A1 ft

= 7.2 Ns = 7.2 Ns A1
(3)
8
GCE Mechanics M1 (6677) June 2011

1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3.
4cos α + F = W sin α M1 A1
R = 4sin α + W cos α M1 A1
F = 0.5R B1
cos α = 0.8 or sin α = 0.6 B1
R = 20N ** GIVEN ANSWER M1 A1
W = 22N A1
(9)
OR R sin α = 4 + Fcos α M1 A1
R cos α + Fsin α = W M1 A1
F = 0.5R B1
cos α = 0.8 or sin α = 0.6 B1
R = 20N ** GIVEN ANSWER M1 A1
W = 22N A1
(9)
9
4.
(a)
5 B1 shape
V B1 figs
0 4 64 84
(2)
(b) ( 12 x4x5) + 60 x 5 M1 A1
= 310 A1
(3)
(c)
(5 + V )
x 20 = (400-310) M1 A2 ft
2
V =4 DM1 A1
(5)
5−4
(d) = 0.05 ms-2 M1 A1
20
(2)
12

2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5.
(a)
2m 2m 2m Q 2m
P R
X 40g 20g X Mg
(i) EITHER M(R), 8X + 2X = 40g x 6 + 20g x 4 M1 A2

solving for X, X = 32g = 314 or 310 N M1 A1
(↑) X + X = 40g + 20g + Mg (or another moments
(ii) M1 A2
equation)
solving for M, M = 4 M1 A1
(i) OR M(P), 6X = 40g x 2 + 20g x 4 + Mg x 8 M1 A2

solving for X, X = 32g = 314 or 310 N M1 A1
(↑) X + X = 40g + 20g + Mg (or another moments
M1 A2
equation)
(ii) solving for M, M = 4 M1 A1
(10)
(b)
Masses concentrated at a point or weights act at a point B1
(1)
11
6.
(a) R = 0.3g cos α M1
= 0.24g = 2.35 (3sf)=2.4 (2sf) A1
(2)
(b) mg − T = 1.4m M1 A1
T − 0.3g sin α − F = 0.3 x 1.4 M1 A2
F = 0.5R M1
Eliminating R and T DM1
m = 0.4 A1
(8)
(c) v = 1.4 x 0.5 B1
−0.3g sin α − F = 0.3a M1 A1
a = −9.8 A1
0 = 0.7 − 9.8t M1
t = 0.071 s or 0.0714 s (1/14 A0) A1
(6)
16

3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7.
(a) tanθ = 43 ; bearing is 37 o (nearest degree) M1; A1
(2)
(b)
(i) p = (i + j) + t(2i − 3j) M1 A1
(ii) q = ( −2 j) + t (3i + 4 j) A1
(iii) PQ = q − p = ( − i − 3j) + t ( i + 7 j) M1 A1
(5)
(c)
(i) −1 + t = 0 M1
t = 1 or 3pm A1
(ii) −1+ t = −(−3 + 7t) M1
t = 12 or 2.30 pm A1
(4)
11

4

Fax 01623 450481
Order Code UA028437 June 2011
For more information on Edexcel qualifications, please visit

www.edexcel.com/quals

Summer 2012
GCE Mechanics M1
(6677) Paper 1
Edexcel and BTEC qualifications come from Pearson, the world’s leading learning
company. We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational,
occupational and specific programmes for employers. For further information, please
visit our website at www.edexcel.com.
Our website subject pages hold useful resources, support material and live feeds from
our subject advisors giving you access to a portal of information. If you have any
subject specific questions about this specification that require the help of a subject
specialist, you may find our Ask The Expert email service helpful.
www.edexcel.com/contactus

Our aim is to help everyone progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind
of learning, for all kinds of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in
education for over 150 years, and by working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have
built an international reputation for our commitment to high standards and raising achievement
through innovation in education. Find out more about how we can help you and your students
at: www.pearson.com/uk
Summer 2012
Summer 2012
6677 Mechanics 1
Mark Scheme
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must

mark the first candidate in exactly the same way as they mark the
last.
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be
rewarded for what they have shown they can do rather than penalised
for omissions.
• Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according to
• There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme
should be used appropriately.
• All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded.
answer matches the mark scheme. Examiners should also be prepared
to award zero marks if the candidate’s response is not worthy of credit
according to the mark scheme.
• Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the
limited.
• When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of the mark
scheme to a candidate’s response, the team leader must be consulted.
• Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has
replaced it with an alternative response.
• M marks: method marks are awarded for ‘knowing a method and attempting to
• A marks: Accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M) marks
have been earned.
3. Abbreviations
schemes and can be used if you are using the annotation facility on ePEN.

• cso – correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the
• The answer is printed on the paper
4. All A marks are ‘correct answer only’ (cao.), unless shown, for example, as A1 ft
to indicate that previous wrong working is to be followed through. After a
misread however, the subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft, but
manifestly absurd answers should never be awarded A marks.
Usual rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dim correct; all terms that need
Omission or extra g in a resolution is accuracy error not method error.
Omission of mass from a resolution is method error.
Omission of a length from a moments equation is a method error.
Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an accuracy error.
DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a
Any numerical answer which comes from use of g = 9.8 should be given to 2 or 3 SF.
Use of g = 9.81 should be penalised once per (complete) question.
N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised
ONCE per complete question.
However, premature approximation should be penalised every time it occurs.
MARKS MUST BE ENTERED IN THE SAME ORDER AS THEY APPEAR ON THE MARK
SCHEME.
In all cases, if the candidate clearly labels their working under a particular part of a
of the question.
Accept column vectors in all cases.

June 2012
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1.
3.3 N s 3.3 N s
A ( 5m ) B ( 2m )
Before
3m s −1 4 m s −1
After
0.8 m s −1 v m s −1
(a) CLM 5m × 3 − 2m × 4 = 5m × 0.8 + 2mv M1 A1

Leading to v = 1.5 ( Speed is 1.5 m s −1 ) A1 (3)
(b) Impulse for A 5m ( 0.8 − 3) = −3.3 M1 A1

Leading to m = 0.3 A1 (3)
[6]
Alternative for (b)

Impulse for B 2m(1.5 − −4) = 3.3 M1 A1
Leading to m = 0.3 A1 (3)
Question 1(a)
M1 for attempt at CLM equation, with correct no.of terms, correct masses and
dimensionally consistent. Allow consistent extra g’s , consistent missing m’s and sign errors. However, M0 if
masses are not paired with the correct speeds.
Second A1 for v = 1.5. (-1.5 A0)
N.B. Allow M1 for an attempt to equate the impulses on the particles but must have 5m (0.8 – 3) or 5m (3 –
0.8) on one side of the equation and 2m ( ± v ± 4 ) on the other.
Question 1(b)
particle, (must be considering one particle) (M0 if g’s are included or if mass omitted or if just m used)
Allow Initial Momentum – Final Momentum.
A1 cao (i.e. no ft on their v) for a correct equation in m only.
A1 for m = 0.3
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2.
2X X
A P G Q B
0.8 m 4.5g 0.6 m
(a) ↑ 2 X + X = 4.5 g M1 A1
3g
Leading to X = or 14.7 or 15 ( N ) A1 (3)
2
(b) M ( A) 4.5 g × AG = ( 2 X ) × 0.8 + X × 2.4 M1 A2 ft (1,0)
4
AG = ( m ) , 1.3, 1.33,... A1 (4)
3
[7]
Question 2(a)
First M1 for a complete method for finding RQ, either by resolving vertically, or taking moments twice, with
usual criteria (allow M1 even if RP =2RQ not substituted)
First A1 for a correct equation in either RQ or RP ONLY.
Second A1 for 1.5g or 14.7 or 15 (A0 for a negative answer)
Question 2(b)
First M1 for taking moments about any point, with usual criteria.
A2 ft for a correct equation (A1A0 one error, A0A0 for two or more errors, ignoring consistent omission of
g’s) in terms of X and their x (which may not be AG at this stage)
Third A1 for AG = 4/3, 1.3, 1.33,….. (any number of decimal places, since g cancels) need ‘AG =’ or x
marked on diagram
N.B. if RQ = 2RP throughout, mark as a misread as follows:

(a) M1A1A0 (resolution method) (b) M1A0A1A1, assuming all work follows through correctly..
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3.
R
µR
20
5g
30°
(a) ⊥ plane R = 20 cos 60° + 5 g cos 30° M1 A2(1,0)

= 52.4 ( N ) or 52 A1 (4)
(b) Fr = µ R B1
P plane F + 20 cos 30 = 5gcos60
o o M1 A2(1, 0)
Leading to µ = 0.137 or 0.14 A1 (5)

[9]
Question 3(a)
First M1 for resolving perpendicular to plane with usual criteria
First A2 for a correct equation (A1A0 one error, A0A0 for two or more errors)
Second A1 for either 52 or 52.4
N.B. In part (a), the M1 is for a complete method, so they must have sufficient equations to be able to solve
for R. The A2 marks are then for all the equations.
Question 3(b)
B1 for use of F=µR (could just be on diagram)
First M1 (allow if F is used rather than µR) for resolving parallel to the plane with usual criteria
First A2 for a correct equation (A1A0 one error, A0A0 for two or more errors)
Second A1 for either 0.14 or 0.137
N.B. If they resolve vertically AND horizontally, there are max 6 marks available (M1A2, M1A2) for the
TWO equations, but if they only have one equation, there are no marks available for that equation.
The marks for the horizontal resolution should be entered first on ePen.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
v ( m s −1 )
4. (a)
B1
B1
20
20, 8, 25 B1 (3)
O 25 t (s )
(b) v = u + at ⇒ 8 = 20 − 0.4t M1
t = 30 ( s ) A1 (2)
(c)
1960 = (25 x 20) +(30 x 8) + (½ x 30 x 12) + (60 x 8) + 8 x t + ½ x t x 12 M1A3 ft

(2 ,1, 0)
1960 = 500 + 240 + 180 + 480 + 14t DM1 A1
DM1
T = 115 + 40
A1
= 155
(8)
N.B. SEE ALTERNATIVES [13]
Question 4(a)
First B1 for 1st section of graph
Second B1 for 2nd section
Third B1 for the figures 20, 8 and 25
Question 4(b)
M1 for a complete method to produce an equation in t only; allow (20 – 8)/0.4
A1 for 30 N.B.
Give A0 for t = - 30, even if changed to 30, but then allow use of 30 in part (c), where full marks could then
be scored.
Question 4(c)
First M1 (generous) for clear attempt to find whole area under their graph (must include at least one “1/2”), in
terms of a single unknown time (t say),and equate it to 1960.
First A3, ft on their (b), for a correct equation.
Deduct 1 mark for each numerical error, or omission, in each of the 4 sections of the area corresponding to
each stage of the motion. (they may ‘slice’ it, horizontally into 3 sections, or a combination of the two)
Second DM1, dependent on first M1, for simplifying to produce an equation with all their t terms collected.
Fourth A1 for a correct equation for t or T
Third DM1, dependent on second M1. for solving for T
Fifth A1 155
Please note that any incorrect answer to (b) will lead to an answer of 155 in (c) and can score max 6/8;
Solutions with the correct answer of 155 will need to be checked carefully.
Solutions to 4 (c) N.B. t = T - 115
A. 1960 = (25 x 20) +(30 x 8) + (½ x 30 x 12) + (60 x 8) + 8 x t + ½ x t x 12 M1 A3 ft

1960 = 500 + 240 + 180 + 480 + 14t M1 A1
T = 115 + 40 M1
= 155 A1
B. 1960 = (25 x 20) + ½ x 30 x (20 + 8) + (60 x 8) + ½ x t x (20 + 8) M1 A3 ft

1960 = 500 + 420 + 480 + 14t M1 A1
T = 115 + 40 M1
= 155 A1
C. 1960 = 8T + ½ x 12 x (55 + 25) + ½ x 12 x (T – 115) M1 A3 ft

1960 = 8T + 480 + 6T - 690
1960 = 14T – 210 M1 A1
155 = T M1 A1
D. 1960 = 20T - ½ x 12 x (60 + T – 25) M1 A3 ft

1960 = 20T - 6T - 210
1960 = 14T – 210 M1 A1
155 = T M1 A1
E. 1960 = (55 x 20) - ½ x 30 x 12 + (60 x 8) + ½ x t x (20 + 8) M1 A3 ft

1960 = 1100 - 180 + 480 + 14t M1 A1
T = 115 + 40 M1
= 155 A1
F. 1960 = (8 x 115) + ½ x 12 x (55 + 25) + ½ x 28 x (T – 115) M1 A3 ft

1960 = 920 + 480 + 14T - 1610
1960 = 14T – 210 M1 A1
155 = T M1 A1
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5. (a) v 2 = u 2 + 2as ⇒ 282 = u 2 + 2 × 9.8 × 17.5 M1 A1

Leading to u = 21 cso A1 (3)
1
(b) s = ut + at 2 ⇒ 19 = 21t − 4.9t 2 M1 A1
2
4.9t 2 − 21t + 19 = 0
21 ± 212 − 4x4.9.x19
t=
9.8
t = 2.99 or 3.0 DM1 A1 A1

t = 1.30 or 1.3 (5)
(c) N2L 4 g − 5000 = 4a M1 A1

( a = −1240.2 )
v = u + 2as ⇒ 02 = 282 − 2 × 1240.2 × s
2 2
Leading to s = 0.316 ( m ) or 0.32 M1 A1 (4)

[12]
OR
1
2 x 4 x 28 2 + 4gs = 5000s M1 A1
Work-Energy: s = 0.316 or 0.32 M1 A1
Question 5(a)
First M1 for a complete method for finding u e.g.
28 2 = u 2 + 2gx17.5
or 28 2 = u 2 + 2(-g)x(-17.5)
or 28 2 = 2gs ⇒ s = 40 then 0 2 = u 2 + 2(-g)x(22.5)
condone sign errors
First A1 for a correct equation(s) with g = 9.8
Second A1 for “u = 21” PRINTED ANSWER
N.B. Allow a verification method, but they must state, as a conclusion, that “u = 21” , to score the final A1.
Question 5(b)
First M1 for a complete method for finding at least one t value i.e. for producing an equation in t only.
(condone sign errors but not missing terms)
First A1 for a correct quadratic equation in t only or TWO correct linear equations in t only.
Second DM1, dependent on first M1, for attempt to solve the quadratic or one of the linear equations.
Second A1 for 3.0 or 3 or 2.99
Third A1 for 1.3 or 1.30
Question 5(c)
First M1 for resolving vertically with usual rules.
Second M1 for use of v = u + 2as , with v = 0, u = 28 or u = 0 and v = 28 and their a, (or any other complete
2 2
method which produces an equation in s,which could be negative)

M0 if they haven’t calculated a value of a.
Second A1 for 0.32 or 0.316. (must be positive since it’s a distance)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7.5
6. (a) arctan = 32° M1 A1
12
Bearing is 302 (allow more accuracy) A1 (3)
(b) s = 40i − 6 j + t ( −12i + 7.5 j) M1 A1 (2)
(c) t = 3, s = 4i + 16.5 j M1
s − b = −3i + 4 j M1
( 2
)
SB = √ ( −3) + 42 = 5 ( km ) DM1 A1 (4)
(d) Equating i components

40 − 12t = 7 or - 33 +12t = 0 M1
3
t=2 A1
4
3 5
When t = 2 , s = ( 7i ) + 14 j M1
4 8
1
SB = 2 ( km ) 2.125, 2.13 A1 (4)
8
[13]
3
OR When t = 2 , 7.5 t - 18.5 = 2.125, 2.13 M1 A1
4
Question 6(a)
±7.5
arctan( )
First M1 for ±12 either way up
First A1 for a correct value from their expression, usually 32o or 58o
Second A1 for 302 (allow more accurate answers)
Question 6(b)
M1 for a clear attempt at (40i – 6j)+t(-12i + 7.5j)
A1 for any correct expression
Question 6(c)
First M1 is really B1 for 4i + 16.5j (seen or implied but can be in unsimplified form)
Second M1 is for a subtraction, s – b or b – s.
Third DM1, dependent on second M1, for finding magnitude of their s – b or b – s
A1 for 5
Question 6(d)
First M1 for equating i-component of their answer in part (b) to 7 or
the i-component of their s – b or b – s to zero
First A1 for 2.75 cao

Second M1 (independent) for attempt to find j-component of their s at their
t = 2.75
Second A1 2.125 or 2.13 cao
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7.
P ( 0.3 kg ) Q ( 0.5 kg )
TN TN 4N
1N 2N
(a) For system N2L 4 − 3 = 0.8a M1 A1

a = 1.25 ( m s −2 ) , 1.3 A1 (3)
(b) v = u + at ⇒ v = 0 + 1.25 × 6 = 7.5 ( m s −1 ) M1 A1 (2)
(c) For P N2L T − 1 = 0.3 × 1.25 ft their a M1 A1ft

T = 1.375 ( N ) 1.38, 1.4
A1 (3)
OR For Q N2L 4 - 2 – T = 0.5 x 1.25
P ( 0.3 kg ) Q ( 0.5 kg )
T′ T′
1N 2N
(d) For system N2L −3 = 0.8a ⇒ a = −3.75 M1 A1

v = u + 2as ⇒ 0 = 7.5 − 2 × 3.75s
2 2 2 2
M1
s = 7.5 ( m ) A1 (4)
(e) For P N2L T ′ + 1 = 0.3 × 3.75 M1 A1

T ′ = 0.125 ( N ) , 0.13 A1 (3)
[15]
Alternative for (e)

For Q N2L 2 − T ′ = 0.5 × 3.75 M1 A1
T ′ = 0.125 ( N ) , 0.13 A1 (3)
Question 7(a)(In parts (a), (c), (d) and (e) use the value of the mass being used to guide you as to which
part of the system is being considered, and mark equation(s) accordingly)
M1 for resolving horizontally to produce an equation in a ONLY.
Second A1 for 1.25
Question 7(b)
M1 for a complete method to find the speed
A1 cao 7.5
Question 7(c)
M1 for resolving horizontally, for either P or Q, to produce an equation in T only.
First A1ft for a correct equation,ft on their a
Second A1 cao for 1.38 (N) or 1.375 (N)
Question 7(d)
First M1 for resolving horizontally to produce an equation in a ONLY.
First A1cao for -3.75 (or 3.75)
Second M1 for use of v = u + 2as , with v = 0, u= their (b) and their a, (or any other complete method which
2 2
produces an equation in s only)

M0 if they haven’t calculated a value of a.
Second A1 for 7.5 m
Question 7(e)
M1 for resolving horizontally, for either P or Q, to produce an equation in T only.
M0 if they haven’t calculated a value of a
First A1cao for a correct equation
Second A1 cao for 0.125 or 0.13 (N) (must be positive)

Fax 01623 450481

www.edexcel.com

Summer 2013
GCE Mechanics 1 (6677/01R)

Edexcel and BTEC qualifications come from Pearson, the world’s leading learning
company. We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational,
occupational and specific programmes for employers. For further information,
please visit our website at www.edexcel.com.
Our website subject pages hold useful resources, support material and live feeds
from our subject advisors giving you access to a portal of information. If you have
any subject specific questions about this specification that require the help of a
subject specialist, you may find our Ask The Expert email service helpful.

Summer 2013
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded
omissions.
• There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should
the mark scheme.
limited.
• A marks: accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M) marks
have been earned.
3. Abbreviations
schemes:

• cso - correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the question to
obtain this mark

• If all but one attempt is crossed out, mark the attempt which is NOT crossed
out.
• If either all attempts are crossed out or none are crossed out, mark all the
8. In some instances, the mark distributions (e.g. M1, B1 and A1) printed on the
candidate’s response may differ from the final mark scheme
General Rules for Marking Mechanics
• Usual rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dim correct; all terms
• Omission or extra g in a resolution is accuracy error not method error.
• Omission of mass from a resolution is method error.
• Omission of a length from a moments equation is a method error.
• Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an

accuracy error.
• DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a previous
• Any numerical answer which comes from use of g = 9.8 should be given to 2 or 3 SF.
• Use of g = 9.81 should be penalised once per (complete) question.
N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised ONCE

per complete question.
• In all cases, if the candidate clearly labels their working under a particular part of a
the question.
• Accept column vectors in all cases.
• Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify
it, deduct two from any A or B marks gained, bearing in mind that after a misread, the
subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1(a) s_-1
5m_
_
s_-1
6m_
_
A
B
2 3
v
_ w
_
2v + 10 = 14 M1A1
v = 2 m s −1 A1
(3)
(b) 3w + 18 = 14 M1A1
4 A1
w = m s −1 (3)
3
[6]
Notes for Question 1

M1 for attempt at Impulse = difference in momenta for particle A, (must be
considering one particle) (M0 if g is included or if mass omitted).
Q1(a) First A1 for −14 = 2(±v − 5)
Second A1 for 2 (Must be positive). Allow change of sign at end to obtain
speed.
EITHER
M1 for attempt at Impulse = difference in momenta for particle B, (must be
First A1 14 = 3(±w − −6)
Second A1 for 4/3, 1.3 or better (Must be positive). Allow change of sign
at end to obtain speed.
OR
Q1(b) M1 for attempt at CLM equation, with correct no. of terms,
dimensionally correct. Allow consistent extra g’s and sign errors.
First A1 (Not f.t.) for a correct equation e.g.
2 x 5 - 3 x 6 = -2 x 2 + 3w
Second A1 for speed is 4/3; 1.3 or better
N.B. They may find the speed of B first and then use CLM to find the
speed of A.
It must be clear which speed is which, in order to gain the A marks for the
answers
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2. A
B
TA N
TB N
C
35° 25°
8N
Resolve horizontally: TA cos 35° = TB cos 25° M1A1

Resolve vertically: TA sin 35° + TB sin 25° = 8 M1A1
cos 25°
Equation in one unknown: TB sin 35° + TB sin 25° = 8 DM1A1
cos 35°
cos 35°
or TA sin 35° + TA sin 25° = 8
cos 25°
TA = 8.4, 8.37, 8.372 (N) or better

A1
TB = 7.6, 7.57, 7.567 (N) or better A1
(8)
2alt OR
8 TA TB
Using Sine Rule on triangle of forces: = =
sin 60° sin 65° sin 55° M1A1
8 × sin 65°
= TA , = 8.4, 8.37, 8.372 (N) or better M1A1,
sin 60° A1
8 × sin 55°
= TB , = 7.6, 7.57, 7.567 (N) or better M1A1,
sin 60°
A1
First M1 for resolving horizontally with correct no. of terms and both TA
and TB terms resolved.
Second M1 for resolving vertically with correct no. of terms and both TA
and TB terms resolved.
Third M1, dependent on first two M marks, for eliminating TA or TB
2 Third A1 for a correct equation in one unknown
Fourth A1 for TA = 8.4 (N) or better.
Fifth A1 for TB = 7.6 (N) or better.
N.B. The first two M marks can be for two resolutions in any two
directions.
N.B. If the two tensions are taken to be equal, can score max M1A0 for
vertical resolution.
See Alternative 1 using a Triangle of Forces and the Sine Rule.

2 alt 1
Alternative 2 is to resolve perpendicular to each string:
The scheme is similar to Alt 1 and gives the same expressions for TA and
TB
2 alt 2 M1A1 resolving perp to both strings as a complete method.
M1A1A1 for finding TA
M1A1A1 for finding TB
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3.
R
T
T
A
B
F
2g 4g
30°
Equation of motion of B: 4 g − T = 4a M1A1

Equation of motion of A: T − F − 2 g sin 30 = 2a M1A2
OR: 4 g − F − 2 g sin 30 = 6a
Resolve perpendicular to the plane at A: R = 2 g cos 30 B1
1
Use of F = µ R : F = × 2 g cos 30(= g ) M1
3
T − g − g = T − 2 g = 2a
8g
2T − 4 g = 4 g − T , 3T = 8 g , T = (≈ 26) 26.1(N) DM1A1
3
(9)
[9]

First M1 for resolving vertically (up or down) for B, with correct no. of
terms.
Second M1 for resolving parallel to the plane (up or down) for A, with
correct no. of terms.
A2 for a correct equation (-1 each error)
3
OR: M2 A3 for the whole system equation - any method error loses all the
marks.
B1 for perpendicular resolution
Third M1 for sub for R in F = µR
Fourth DM1, dependent on first and second M marks, for eliminating a.
Fourth A1 for 8g/3, 26.1 or 26 (N). (392/15 oe is A0)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4.
(a) 1
Use of s = ut + at 2 M1
2
1 2
−2t + gt (+ or – 50) A1
2
1
20t − gt 2 (+ or – 50) A1
2
1 1
50 = −2T + gT 2 + 20T − gT 2 = 18T M1
2 2
50 A1
T= = 2.777.... = 2.8 or better
18
(5)
(b) h = 20 × T − 4.9 × T 2 = 17.74.... ≈ 17.7 (18 to 2 s.f.)

M1A1
(use of 2.8 gives 17.584)
(2)
[7]
Notes on Question 4
First M1 for use of s = ut + 1/2at2 (or use of 2 suvat formulae AND
eliminating v, to give an equation in s and t). N.B. M0 if they use s = 50 or
u = 0 or v = 0)
First A1 with u = 2 and a = -g or -9.8 to obtain a distance, possibly with 50
added or subtracted. (2 and 4.9 must have opposite signs)
Q4(a)
Second A1 with u = 20 and a = -g or -9.8 to obtain a distance, possibly
with 50 added or subtracted. (2 and 4.9 must have opposite signs)
Second M1 dependent on first M1 for a correct equation obtained correctly
in T only.
Third A1 for 25/9 oe, 2.8 or better
First M1 for substituting their T value (allow –ve changed to +ve but A
Q4(b) mark is then unavailable) into an appropriate equation
First A1 for 17.7 or 18 (m). (A0 if they then add 50)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5.
(a) u+v 2+v
s= t 10 = × 3.5 M1A1
2 2
20 26 A1
v= −2= = 3.71 (m s-1)
3.5 7
(3)
(b) 26 M1A1
−2
v −u 24
a= = 7 = = 0.490 (m s-2)
t 3.5 49
(2)
(c) Normal reaction : R = 0.6 g cos 25° B1

Resolve parallel to the slope : 0.6gsin 25° − µ × R = 0.6 × a M1A2
µ = 0.41 or 0.411 A1
(5)
[10]

First M1 for producing an equation in v only.
Q5(a) First A1 for a correct equation
Second A1 for 26/7 oe, 3.7 or better (ms-1)
M1 for producing an equation in a only.
Q5(b)
A1 for 24/49, 0.49 or better (ms-2)
B1 for R = 0.6gcos25o
M1 for resolving along the plane, correct no. of terms etc.
Q5(c)
A2 (-1 each error) R and a do not need to be substituted
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6.
(a) Use of r = r0 + vt M1
(−4i + 2 j) + (3i + 3j)t = (−4 + 3t)i + (2 + 3t)j A1
(2)
(b) (6i + j) + (−2i + nj)t = (6 − 2t)i + (1+ nt)j B1

Position vectors identical ⇒ −4 + 3t = 6 − 2t AND 5t = 10 , M1
Either equation A1
2 + 3 × 2 = 1 + 2n , DM1
n = 3.5 A1
(5)
(c) Position vector of P is ( −4 + 6 ) i + ( 2 + 6 ) j = 2i + 8j M1A1

Distance OP = 22 + 82 = 68 = 8.25 (km) M1A1
(4)
[11]

M1 for clear attempt to use r0 + tv (M0 if r0 and v reversed)
Q6(a)
A1 for answer in any form.
B1 for (6i + j) + (-2i + nj)t seen or implied
First M1 for equating their i- cpts and their j- cpts. (must have both
equations in terms of same t)
Q6(b) First A1 for a correct equation (either)
Second M1 dependent on first M1 for producing an equation in n only.
Second A1 for n = 3.5 oe
First M1 for clear attempt to find pv of P, using their t and/or n value(s)

First A1 for 2i + 8j
Q6(c) Second M1 for attempt to find magnitude of their p
Second A1 for √68, 2√17, 8.2 or better (km)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7
(a) Use of v 2 = u 2 + 2as M1
142 = 202 − 2a × 100 A1
Deceleration is 1.02(m s-2) A1
(3)
(b) Horizontal forces on the car: ±T cosθ − 300 = 750 × −1.02 = −765 M1A2 f.t.
T = - 1550/3
The force in the tow-bar is 1550/3, 520 (N) or better (allow –ve answer) A1
(4)
(c) Horizontal forces on the truck: ±T cosθ − 500 − R = 1750 × −1.02 M1A2 f.t.
Braking force R = 1750 (N) A1
(4)
[11]
ALT: Whole system: 800 + R = 2500 × 1.02 M1A2 f.t.
R = 1750 A1

M1 for a complete method to produce an equation in a only.
Q7(a) First A1 for a correct equation.
Second A1 for 1.02 (ms-2) oe. must be POSITIVE.
M1 for considering the car ONLY horizontally to produce an equation in T
only, with usual rules. i.e. correct no. of terms AND T resolved:
±T cosθ − 300 = 750 x -1.02
Q7(b)
A2 ft on their a for a correct equation (300 and a must have same sign); -1
each error (treat cos 0.9 as an A error)
A1 for 1550/3 oe, 520 or better (N) N.B. Allow a negative answer.
M1 for considering the truck ONLY horizontally to produce an equation,
with usual rules. i.e. correct no. of terms AND T resolved:
±T cosθ − 500 − R = 1750 x -1.02
A2 ft on their T and a for a correct equation (500, a and R must have same
sign); -1 each error (treat cos 0.9 as an A error)
A1 for 1750 (N).
OR
Q7(c)
M1 for considering the whole system to produce an equation in R only,
with usual rules. i.e. correct no. of terms.
A2 ft on their a for a correct equation (a and R must have same sign) -1
each error
A1 for 1750 (N).
N.B. If 300 and 500 are given separately, penalise any sign errors only
ONCE.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8.
(a) R
2R
0.2 m 0.8 1-x xm

A B
C D
50g
Vertical equilibrium: R + 2 R = 50 g , M1A1

Moments about C: 50 g × 0.8 = (1.8 − x ) × 2 × R M1A1
3 × 0.8 = 3.6 − 2x , x = 0.6 DM1A1
(6)
(b) S
4S
0.2 m 0.8 0.6 0.4 m

A B
C E
mg
50g
S, 4S B1
Vertical equilibrium: S + 4 S = (50 + m) g = 5S M1A1
Moments about B: 50 g ×1 = 4 S × 0.4 + S ×1.8 = 3.4S M1A1
5 DM1
50 × = ( 50 + m )
3.4
m = 400/17, 24, 23.5 or better A1
(7)
[13]
In both parts consistent omission of g’s can score all the marks.
First M1 for vertical resolution or a moments equation, with usual rules.
(allow R and N at this stage)
First A1 for a correct equation (with N = 2R substituted)
Second M1 for a moments equation in R and one unknown length with
Q8(a)
usual rules.
Third M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for solving for x
Third A1 for x = 0.6.
S.C. Moments about centre of rod: R x 0.8 = 2R(1 – x) M2 A2
B1 for S and 4S placed correctly.
(allow S and 4S reversed)
Second M1 for a moments equation in S (and m) with usual rules.
Q8(b) Second A1 for a correct equation.
Third M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for eliminating S to
give an equation in m only.
Third A1 for m = 400/17 oe or 24 or better.
N.B. SC If they use the reaction(s) found in part (a) in their equations, can
score max B1M1A0M1A0DM0A0.

Fax 01623 450481

www.edexcel.com

Summer 2013
GCE Mechanics 1 (6677/01)

Edexcel and BTEC qualifications come from Pearson, the world’s leading learning company. We
www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk for our BTEC qualifications.
Alternatively, you can get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page at
If you have any subject specific questions about this specification that require the help of a subject
specialist, you can speak directly to the subject team at Pearson.
Their contact details can be found on this link: www.edexcel.com/teachingservices.
You can also use our online Ask the Expert service at www.edexcel.com/ask. You will need an Edexcel
username and password to access this service.

Our aim is to help everyone progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of
learning, for all kinds of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for
over 150 years, and by working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international
reputation for our commitment to high standards and raising achievement through innovation in
education. Find out more about how we can help you and your students at: www.pearson.com/uk
Summer 2013
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded
omissions.
• There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should
the mark scheme.
limited.
• A marks: accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M) marks
have been earned.
3. Abbreviations
schemes:

obtain this mark

out.
8. In some instances, the mark distributions (e.g. M1, B1 and A1) printed on the
candidate’s response may differ from the final mark scheme
General Rules for Marking Mechanics
• Usual rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dim correct; all terms
• Omission or extra g in a resolution is accuracy error not method

error.
• Omission of mass from a resolution is method error.
• Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an

accuracy error.
• DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be

awarded if a previous specified method mark has been awarded.
• Any numerical answer which comes from use of g = 9.8 should be

given to 2 or 3 SF.
• N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only

be penalised ONCE per complete question.
• In all cases, if the candidate clearly labels their working under a

particular part of a question i.e. (a) or (b) or (c),……then that working
can only score marks for that part of the question.
• Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or

materially simplify it, deduct two from any A or B marks gained,
bearing in mind that after a misread, the subsequent A marks
affected are treated as A ft.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1.
(a) For P, − I = 3(1 − 4) M1 A1
I = 9 Ns A1
(3)
(b) For Q, 9 = m(1.5 − −3) M1 A1
m=2 A1
OR
12 − 3m = 3 + 1.5m M1 A1
m=2 A1
(3)
[6]

M1 for attempt at Impulse = difference in momenta for particle P, (must
be considering one particle i.e. have same mass in both terms) (M0 if g is
included or if mass omitted).
First A1 for ±3(1− 4)
Q1(a)
Second A1 for 9 (Must be positive). Allow change of sign at end to
obtain magnitude.
N.B. For M1 they may use CLM to find a value for m first and then use
it when considering the change in momentum of Q to find the impulse.
EITHER
M1 for attempt at:
their Impulse from (a) = difference in momenta for particle Q, (must be
First A1 for 9 = m(1.5 − −3) oe.
Second A1 for m = 2.
Q1(b)
OR
dimensionally correct. Allow consistent extra g’s and sign errors.
First A1 for a correct equation i.e. 12 − 3m = 3+1.5m oe.
Second A1 for m = 2.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2.
(a) For system, (↑), T − 950 g − 50 g = 1000 × −2 M1 A1
T = 7800 N A1
(3)
(b) For woman, (↑), R − 50 g = 50 × −2 M1 A1
R = 390 N A1
(3)
[6]

(In both parts, use the mass to decide which part of the system is being
considered and M marks can only be scored if an equation contains only
forces acting on that part of the system)
Q2(a) M1 is for a complete method for finding T i.e. for an equation in T only,
dimensionally correct, with the correct number of terms.
Second A1 for 7800 (N).
M1 is for a complete method for finding R i.e. for an equation in R only,
dimensionally correct, with the correct number of terms.
Q2(b) First A1 for a correct equation.
N.B. Equation for lift only is: T – 950g – R = 950 x (-2)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3. T cos α − F = 2g cos60o M1 A1
T sin α + R = 2g cos 30o
M1 A1
F = 13 R B1
eliminating F and R DM1
1
T = g(1+ ) , 1.6g (or better), 15.5, 15 (N) DM1 A1
√3
(8)
[8]
First M1 for resolving parallel to the plane with correct no. of terms and
both T and 2g terms resolved.
First A1 for a correct equation. (use of α instead of 30 o or 60 o or vice
versa is an A error not M error; similarly if they use sin(3/5) or cos(4/5)
when resolving, this can score M1A0)
Second M1 for resolving perpendicular to the plane with correct no. of
terms and both T and 2g terms resolved.
Second A1 for a correct equation (use of α instead of 30 o or 60 o or
Q3 vice versa is an A error not M error; similarly if they use sin(3/5) or
cos(4/5) when resolving, this can score M1A0)
B1 for F = 1/3 R seen or implied.
Third M1, dependent on first two M marks and appropriate angles used
when resolving in both equations, for eliminating F and R.
Fourth M1 dependent on third M1, for solving for T
Third A1 for 15(N) or 15.5 (N).
N.B. The first two M marks can be for two resolutions in any directions.
Use of tan α = 4/3 leads to an answer of 17.83…and can score max 7/8.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4.
(a) 240 = 12 (u + 34)10 M1 A1
u = 14 A1
(3)
(b) 34 = 14 + 10a => a = 2 M1 A1
120 = 14t + × 2 × t
1
2
2
M1 A1
t 2 + 14t − 120 = 0
Solving, t = −20 or 6 DM1
t =6 A1
OR
34 = 14 + 10a => a = 2 M1 A1
v 2 = 142 + 2 × 2 × 120 ⇒ v = 26
AND 26 = 14 + 2t M1 A1
t =6 DM1 A1
(6)
[9]
First M1 for a complete method to produce an equation in u only.

Q4(a) First A1 for a correct equation. ( u 2 − 48u + 476 = 0 oe is possible).
Second A1 for u = 14.
EITHER
First M1 for an equation in a only. (M0 if v = 34 when s =120 is used)
First A1 for a = 2. (This may have been found in part (a))
Second M1 for a 3-term quadratic equation in t only, allow sign errors
(must have found a value of a. (M0 if v = 34 when s =120 is used)
Second A1 for a correct equaton.
Third M1 dependent on previous M1 for solving for t.
Third A1 for t = 6
Q4(b)
OR
First M1 for an equation in a only.
First A1 for a = 2. (This may have been found in part (a))
Second M1 for a complete method to obtain an equation in t only, allow
sign errors. (must have found a value of a)
Second A1 for a correct equaton.
Third M1 dependent on previous M1 for solving for t.
Third A1 for t = 6
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5.
(a) Speed Shape B1
Figures B1
22 (2)
0 30 30+T 120 Time

(120 + T )22
(b) = 2145 M1 A1
2
T = 75 A1
(3)
(t + t − 30)22
(c) = 990 M1 A1
2
t = 60 A1
Answer = 60 − 10 = 50 A1
(4)
(d) 990 = 0.5a50 2
M1
a = 0.79, 0.792, 99/125 oe A1
(2)
[11]
First B1 for a trapezium starting at the origin and ending on the t-axis.
Q5(a) Second B1 for the figures marked (allow missing 0 and a delineator oe
for T) (allow if they have used T = 75 correctly on their graph)
First M1 for producing an equation in their T only by equating the area
of the trapezium to 2145, with the correct no. of terms. If using a single
trapezium, we need to see evidence of using ½ the sum of the two
parallel sides or if using triangle(s), need to see ½ base x height.
Q5(b)
Second A1 cao for a correct equation in T (This is not f.t. on their T)
Third A1 for T = 75.
N.B. Use of a single suvat equation for the whole motion of the car
e.g. s =t(u+v)/2 is M0
First M1 for producing an equation in t only (they may use (t – 30) oe as
their variable) by equating the area of the trapezium to 990, with the
correct no. of terms. If using a trapezium, we need to see evidence of
using ½ the sum of the two parallel sides or if using triangle(s), need to
see ½ base x height.
Q5(c)
Second A1 for t = 60 (Allow 30 + 30).
Third A1 for answer of 50.
N.B. Use of a single suvat equation for the whole motion of the car
e.g. s =t(u+v)/2 is M0.
Use of the motion of the motorcycle is M0 (insufficient information).
Use of v = 22 for the motorcycle is M0.
First M1 for an equation in a only.
Q5(d) First A1 for a = 0.79, 0.792, 99/125 oe
N.B. Use of v = 22 for the motorcycle is M0.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6.
(a) P Q
A 2m 3m B
Mg
xm
M(P), 50 g × 2 = Mg × ( x − 2) M1 A1
M(Q), 50 g × 3 = Mg × (12 − x ) M1 A1
(i) M = 25 (kg) DM1 A1

(ii) x = 6 (m) DM1 A1
(8)
(b) P Q
A 2m X 3m B
R 25g R
50g
(↑)R + R = 25g + 50g M1 A1 ft

M( A), 2 R + 12 R = 25 g × 6 + 50 g × AX M1 A1 ft
AX = 7.5 (m) DM1 A1
(6)
[14]
First M1 for moments about P equation with usual rules (or moments
about a different point AND vertical resolution and R then eliminated)
(M0 if non-zero reaction at Q)
Second M1 for moments about Q equation with usual rules (or moments
about a different point AND vertical resolution) (M0 if non-zero reaction
at P)
Second A1 for a correct equation in M and same unknown.
Third M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for solving for M
Q6(a)
Third A1 for 25 (kg)
Fourth M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for solving for x
Fourth A1 for 6 (m)
N.B. No marks available if rod is assumed to be uniform but can score
max 5/6 in part (b), provided they have found values for M and x to f.t.
on.
If they have just invented values for M and x in part (a), they can score
the M marks in part (b) but not the A marks.
First A1 ft on their M and x from part (a), for a correct equation. (must
have equal reactions in vertical resolution to earn this mark)
Second M1 for a moments equation with usual rules.
Second A1 ft on their M and x from part (a), for a correct equation in R
and same unknown length.
Third M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for solving for AX
Q6(b) (not their unknown length) with AX ≤ 15
Third A1 for AX = 7.5 (m)
N.B. If a single equation is used (see below), equating the sum of the
moments of the child and the weight about P to the sum of the moments
of the child and the weight about Q, this can score M2 A2 ft on their M
and x from part (a), provided the equation is in one unknown. Any
method error, loses both M marks.
e.g. 25g.4 + 50g(x – 2) = 25g.6 + 50g(12 – x) oe.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7.
(a) t = 0 gives v = i − 3 j B1
speed = 12 + (−3)2 M1
= 10 = 3.2 or better A1
(3)
(b) t = 2 gives v = (−3i + 3j) M1
D
Bearing is 315 A1
(2)
(c)(i) 1− 2t = 0 ⇒ t = 0.5 M1 A1
(ii) − (3t − 3) = −3(1 − 2t ) M1 A1
Solving for t DM1
t = 2/3, 0.67 or better A1
(6)
[11]
B1 for i – 3j.
Q7(a) M1 for √ (sum of squares of cpt.s)
A1 for √10, 3.2 or better
M1 for clear attempt to sub t = 2 into given expression.
Q7(b)
A1 for 315.
(i) First M1 for 1 – 2t = 0.
First A1 for t = 0.5.
N.B. If they offer two solutions, by equating both the i and j
components to zero, give M0.
1− 2t −1
Q7(c) (ii) First M1 for = ±( ) o.e. (Must be an equation in t
3t − 3 −3
only)
First A1 for a correct equation (the + sign)
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for solving for t.
Second A1 for 2/3, 0.67 or better.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8.
(a) For A, T = 2ma B1
For B, 3mg − T = 3ma M1 A1
3mg = 5ma DM1
3g
=a (5.9 or 5.88 m s-2) A1
5
(5)
(b) T = 6mg/5; 12m ; 11.8m B1
(1)
(c) F = T2 +T2 M1 A1 ft
6mg 2
F= ;1.7mg (or better);16.6m;17m A1
5
Direction clearly marked on a diagram, with an arrow, and 45o (oe)
B1
marked
(4)
[10]
B1 for T = 2ma
First M1 for resolving vertically (up or down) for B, with correct no. of
terms. (allow omission of m, provided 3 is there)
Q8(a) Second M1, dependent on first M1, for eliminating T, to give an equation
in a only.
Second A1 for 0.6g, 5.88 or 5.9.
N.B. ‘Whole system’ equation: 3mg = 5ma earns first 4 marks but any
error loses all 4.
6mg
Q8(b) B1 for , 11.8m, 12m
5
T T
M1 (T 2 + T 2 ) or o
or o
or 2Tcos 45o or 2Tsin 45o (allow
sin 45 cos 45
if m omitted)
(M0 for T sin 45o)
Q8(c) First A1 ft on their T.
6mg 2
Second A1 cao for oe, 1.7mg (or better),16.6m,17m
5
B1 for the direction clearly shown on a diagram with an arrow and 45o
marked.

Fax 01623 450481

www.edexcel.com

Summer 2014
Pearson Edexcel International A Level in

Mechanics 1
(WME01/01)
specific programmes for employers. For further information, please visit our website at
www.edexcel.com.
Our website subject pages hold useful resources, support material and live feeds from our
subject advisors giving you access to a portal of information. If you have any subject
specific questions about this specification that require the help of a subject specialist, you
may find our Ask The Expert email service helpful.

Summer 2014
 All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark the first
candidate in exactly the same way as they mark the last.
 Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for
 Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according to their
 There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should be
used appropriately.
 All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners
should always award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark
scheme. Examiners should also be prepared to award zero marks if the
 Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the principles by
which marks will be awarded and exemplification may be limited.
 Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced it with
an alternative response.
PEARSON EDEXCEL IAL MATHEMATICS
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


time it occurs.
the question.
 Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify
HL Hooke’s Law

Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
1.
M1 Equation with all the terms – condone “0” missing.
(a) 0.9  2  0.6v  0  0.6  2 Terms must be of the form mv, but condone sign
errors. Condone g present as a common factor.
A1 Correct unsimplified equation
v 1 A1 (3)
(b) I  0.6  v  2   1.8 N s or I  0.9  2  1.8 N s M1

Change in momentum of A or of B. Condone sign
slips and negative answer. No g.
1.8 only (or exact equivalent)
A1
From correct work only.
(2)
[5]
Watch out for fortuitous answers in (b); v  5 from
(a) used in (b) will score at most M1A0 in (b)
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
M1 1
Use of s  ut  at 2 to find h. Must quote the correct
2
formula and be using 20 & 5, but condone slips in
substitution.
2 (a) 1 Accept complete alternative solutions working via
h  20  5   9.8  25 the maximum height. (max ht 20.4..., time to top
2
2.04...)
Accept complete alternative methods using other
suvat equations.
Correctly substituted equation(s) Condone use of a
A1
premature approximation.
Final answer. Accept 22.5 or 23. Maximum 3sf.
h  22.5 A1 (3)
-22.5 is A0.
NB Do not ignore subsequent working if they reach
22.5 and then move on to do further work.
First ball - use of suvat to find V or V2
(b) V 2  20 2  2  9.8  22.5 OR V  20  (5  9.8) M1
Follow their h.
( V 2  841 )  29 A1 Correct only (condone -29)
2 Second ball - suvat equation in V (or their V ) to find

3  M1
 V   w  2  9.8  22.5
2
3
4  w. Must be using the .
4
9 Correctly substituted equation with their V and their
w2   841  2  9.8  22.5 A1ft
16 h.
w  5.66 A1 or 5.7. Answer correct to 2 s.f. or to 3 s.f.
(5)
[8]
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
3 N
F
(a)
30o For resolution of forces parallel or perpendicular to
1.5g the plane. Weight must be resolved. Condone
For equilibrium M1 sin/cos confusion.
R   plane  N  1.5 g cos 30 A1 Correct equation for N (12.7)
R  plane  F  1.5 g cos 60 A1 Correct equation for F (7.35). Condone  R
Use of Fmax   N and compare with F,

F cos 60 M1 F
  0.577...  0.6 or find the value of their and compare with 
N cos 30 N
 equilibrium A1 Reach given conclusion correctly. They must make
(5) some comment, however brief.
ALT for first 3 marks:

Resolve vertically N cos 30  F cos 60  1.5 g M1A1
Resolve horizontally N cos 60  F cos30 A1
ALT for last 2 marks:

Fmax  0.6 12.73  7.63  7.35 M1
 P is at rest A1
If the candidate has given the equation of motion

for the particle moving down the plane then
Candidates who think that the diagram applies to (a) will score A1 for 1.5 g sin 30   R  1.5a
nothing in (a) but if they carry their results forward in to (b) then To score more they need to comment correctly on
their work can score the marks available in (b). their answer:
a = -0.19 impossible M1
Conclude that the particle cannot be moving. A1
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
N F
X
(b) 30o
1.5g
R   plane  N  1.5 g cos 30  X cos 60 M1
Requires all 3 terms.
Condone sin/cos confusion and sign errors.
R  plane  X cos 30  1.5 g cos 60  F M1
Requires all 3 terms.
Condone sin/cos confusion and sign errors.
A1 Both equations correct unsimplified.
cos 60 Use F  0.6 N to form an equation in N or in X.
N  1.5 g cos 30  1.5 g cos 60  0.6 N  DM1 Dependent on the two previous M marks
cos 30
 cos 60  cos 60 OR:
N 1   0.6   1.5 g cos 30  1.5 g cos 60 0.6( X cos 60  1.5 g cos 30)  1.5 g sin 30  X cos 30
 cos 30  cos 30
(i) N  26 or 26.0 (N) A1 First value found correctly. (N or X)
(ii) X   N  1.5 g cos 30   cos 60 DM1

Substitute their N (or X) to find X (or N)
Dependent on the previous M mark.
X  26 or 26.5 A1 (7) Second value found correctly.
[12]
Alt: Resolve vertically. Condone sin/cos confusion.
M1,
N cos 30  F cos 60  1.5 g , N cos 30  0.6 N cos 60  1.5 g Must have all terms.
DM1 Use F  0.6 N
1.5 g
N  26 or 26.0 A1
cos 30  0.6 cos 60
Resolve horizontally. Follow their N. Must have
M1,
X  F cos 30  N cos 60,  N  0.6 cos 30  cos 60  all terms. Condone sin/cos confusion.
DM1 Substitute for F and N
X  26 or 26.5 A1
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
e.g.Take moments about D – requires all 4 terms of
(i) M  D  3RC  1 3g  2  4 g  5  2 g
4 (a) M1 the correct form, but condone sign errors.
1x need not be seen
RC  5g or 49 N A1
(ii) R    RC  RD  4 g  2 g  3 g M1
e.g.Resolve vertically to form an equation in RC and
RD, requires all 5 terms
RD  4 g or 39 or 39.2N A1 (6)
Alt M(A) 3  4 g  6  3g  2 RC  5RD   30 g  M1A1 Two equations – M1A1 for each
M(B) 3  4 g  6  2 g  RD  4 RC   24 g  M1A1
M  C  3RD  2  2 g  1 4 g  4  3g
M(centre) 3g  3  RC  2 RD  2 g  3
RC  5g or 49 N , RD  4 g or 39 or 39.2N A1,A1 Solve simultaneously for RC and RD
(b) M  D  3RC  xg  8 g  10 g ( 3RC  18  x  g ) M1

First equation in x and R (or RC and RD) – correct
terms required but condone sign slips.
R    RC  RD  4 g  2 g  xg M1 A second equation, correct terms required but
condone sign slips.
Alternatives: M  B  4 RC  RD  12 g  12 g
M( A) : 2 RC  5 RD  6 xg  3  4 g
M  C  : 2  2 g  3RD  4 xg  1 4 g
Use RC  RD and solve for x. (as far as x =…..)
2 18  x  g  3  6  x  g DM1
Dependent on the two previous M marks.
x  3.6 A1 (4)
[10]
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
5 (a) M1 Use Pythagoras
Speed = 32  (2) 2 or 32  22  13 m s 1
A1(2) Accept 3.6 or better
Ignore their diagram if it does not support their
 working
(b)
2 3 M1 Find a relevant angle

tan   ,   33.7 OR tan   ,   56.3
3 2 A1 Their angle correct (seen or implied)
OR find another useful angle
Correct bearing. Accept 124o or awrt 124/124o
Bearing = 124 A1 (3)
Accept N 124 E or S 56 E
(c) rB  10 j  t  3i  2 j M1 Find the position vector of B or G at time t

A1 Correct for B
5 
rG  4i  2 j  t  i + 2 j  A1 Correct for G
 3 
5 Compare coefficients of i or of j to form an
3t  4  t OR 10  2t  2  2t DM1
3 equation in t.
(i) t  3 s A1 Correct unambiguous conclusion.
(ii) r  10 j + 3  3i  2 j   9i  4 j m
5 
OR r  4i  2 j  3  i  2 j    9i  4 j m Final answer. Accept with no units. Do not ignore
3  A1 (6) subsequent working.
[11]
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
6(a) v1  8 1.5   12  M1 Use of v  u  at or equivalent for t  8
v2  12  0.8  20 M1 Follow their 12
v2  28 m s -1
A1 (3)
(b)
v
28
B1 shape
B1ft nos: 8,28; 12,28 indicated. Follow their 12, 28
12
8 28 t
(2)
1 Correct method for distance for the triangle (0-8) or
(c)
first 8 s: dist =  8  12   48  M1
the trapezium (8-28)
2 A1ft Follow their 12
1
next 20 s: dist =  12  28   20   400  A1ft Follow their 12, 28
2
Total dist = 448 m A1 (4) Correct answer only (cao)
Find area of right hand triangle or an expression in

(d) 0  282  2  2.8s M1
T for the trapezium (rectangle + triangle).
282
s   140  A1ft Follow their 28
2  2.8
448  140  28T  2000 DM1 Form an equation in T for their 16, 448 and 140
2000  448  140
T  50.4 A1 (4) Or better (50.42857...) Accept 50.
28
[13]
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
Eqn of motion for Q: must have the correct terms

(a) 3 g  T  3a
M1
but condone sign errors
A1 Correct equation
Eqn of motion for P: must have the correct terms
M1
T  2 g cos 60  2a ( T  g  2a ) but condone sign errors. Weight must be resolved.
A1 Correct equation
Allow M1A1 for 3 g  2 g cos 60  5a in place of either of these two equations
Use an exact method to solve for a (i.e. not the

equation solver on their calculator). Dependent on
2g DM1
the first 2 M marks or the M for the combined
2 g  5a a
5
* equation.
Given answer derived correctly from exact
A1
working.
2g 9g M1 Use given acceleration to solve for T.
T  2 g
5 5 A1 (8) accept 18 or 17.6
2g 2.4 g
(b) v2  2   0.6  M1 Use the given acceleration to find the speed
5 5
2
v 3 g oe involving g A1 (2) Accept 2.2 or 2.17
5
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
1
(c) String slack: accel of P (up plane) =  g cos 60   g B1
2
Use of v 2  u 2  2as or equivalent for their
2.4 g
0  gs M1 2g
5 acceleration 
5
2.4 g 1 2.4
s    0.48 A1
5 g 5
A1ft 0.6 + their 0.48
Total dist = 1.08 m
(4)
2 g
(d) 0 3g  t  0  2.17  4.9t  M1 Use of v  u  at or equivalent with their
5 2
2g
4 3g acceleration  to find t.
t  0.4426 5
5g
 0.44 or 0.443 A1 (2) only
[16]
with its registered office at Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20
Summer 2014
Pearson Edexcel GCE in Mechanics 1R

(6677_01R)
Summer 2014
 All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must

last.
 Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according
to their perception of where the grade boundaries may lie.
 There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme
principles by which marks will be awarded and exemplification may
be limited.
 Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.

 dM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a
SF.

once per complete question. However, premature approximation should be penalised
every time it occurs.
of the question.

misread, the subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft
HL Hooke’s Law

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1(a) Resolving horizontally: 5  T cos65 M1A1
T  12, 11.8, or better (N) A1
(3)
(b) Resolving vertically: W  T cos 25 M1A1

= 11.8cos25  11, 10.7 or better (N) A1
(3)
[6]
Question 1(a)
First M1 for resolving horizontally with correct no. of terms and T term resolved.
First A1 for a correct equation in T only.
Second A1 for 12 (N) or 11.8 (N) or better.
N.B. The M1 is for a complete method to find the tension so where two resolution equations, neither
horizontal, are used, the usual criteria for an M mark must be applied to both equations and the first
A1 is for a correct equation in T only (i.e. W eliminated correctly)
Alternatives:
T 5
Lami’s Theorem: o
 (same equation as  resolution) M1A1
sin90 sin155 o
Question 1(b)
First M1 for resolving vertically with correct no. of terms and T (does not need to be substituted)
term resolved.
First A1 for a correct equation in T only.
Second A1 for 11 (N), 10.7 (N) or better.
Alternatives:
Triangle of forces: W = 5tan65o M1A1
T W
Lami’s Theorem: o
 M1A1
sin90 sin115 o
Or Resolution in another direction e.g. along the string M1 (usual criteria) A1 for a correct
equation.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2(a) (4i – 2j) + (2i + qj) = (6i + (q – 2)j) M1A1
6  2  q  2 ratio 2:1 DM1
q5 A1
(4)
(b) 6i + 3j = 1.5a M1
a = (4i + 2j) m s-2 A1
M1
v = u + at = (-2i + 4j) + 2(4i + 2j)
= 6i + 8j A1ft
speed  62  82 M1
 10 m s-1 A1 (6)
[10]
Question 2(a)
First M1 for (4i – 2j) + (2i + qj)
First A1 for (6i + (q – 2)j) (seen or implied)
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for using ‘parallel to (2i + j)’ to obtain an equation in q only.
Second A1 for q = 5
Question 2(b)
First M1 for their resultant force = 1.5a
First A1 for a = 4i + 2j
Second M1 for (-2i + 4j) + 2 x (their a) (M0 if force is used instead of a)
Second A1 ft for their velocity at t = 2
Third M1for finding the magnitude of their velocity at t = 2
Third A1 for 10 (ms-1)
N.B. In (b), if they use scalars throughout, M0A0M0A0M0A0

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
3(a) v
B1
0 < t < 50
V B1
50 < t
8 B1
140 m (V,8,15,
20,30)
20 30 t1 15 t2 t
(3)
(b) Use area under graph or suvat to form an equation in V only.
1 M1
140   20  V
2
A1
V  14
(2)
(c) 1 1 M1
8  V  t1 (and /or 0  8  t2 )
2 3
t1  12 , (and/or t2  24 ) A1
Total time = 20  30  t1  15  t2  101 (seconds) DM1 A1
(4)
(d) V 8 1 M1A2 ft
Total distance = 140  30V  t1  15  8   8  t2
2 2
= 140  30 14  1112  15  8  24  4
=908 (m) A1
(4)
[13]
Question 3(a)
First B1 for shape of graph for 0 ≤ t ≤ 50
Second B1 for shape of graph for t > 50
Third B1 for V, 8, 15, 20, 30 appropriately used
Question 3(b)
M1 for use of area under graph (must have ‘1/2’) or suvat to obtain an equation in V only.
A1 for V = 14
Question 3(c)
First M1 for use of either 8 = V – ½ t1 or 0 = 8 – 1/3 t2
First A1 for either t1 = 12 or t2 = 24
Second M1, dependent on the first M1, for 20 + 30 + t1 + 15 + t2 (must include all 5 times)
Second A1 for 101 (s)
Question 3(d)
First M1 for an expression for the total area (distance) including all parts of the motion. Where a
triangle or trapezium is used , a ‘1/2’ must be seen.
Second A2 ft on their V, t1 and t2 , -1 each error.
Fourth A1 for 908 (m).
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
u M1A1
4(a) Max ht v  0 . v  u  gt  T 
g (2)
2 2 2
1 u u u
Max ht H  ut  at 2    * Given answer* M1A1
(b) 2 g 2g 2g
(2)
Or use of v  u  2as
2 2
u2 1 M1
(c) 3   ut  gt 2
2g 2
3u  2ugt  g 2t 2
2
2u  4u 2  12u 2
g 2t 2  2ugt  3u 2  0, gt  DM1 A1
2
3u A1
t  3T
g (4)
1
(c) alt 4 H   gt 2 M1
2
8H 8u 2
Total time = T  T  DM1A1
g 2g 2
A1
= T  2T  3T
(4)
[8]
Question 4
In this question, condone sign errors in a suvat equation for the M mark, but a missing term is M0 or
an incorrect term is M0. An incorrect suvat formula is M0
Allow use of symmetry of motion.
e.g. in (a), using v = u + at, either 0 = u – gT or u = 0 +gT
Question 4(a)
M1 for use of suvat to obtain an equation in T, u and g only.
A1 for T = u/g correctly obtained.
Question 4(b)
M1 for use of suvat to obtain an equation in H, u and g only.
A1 for H = u2/2g correctly obtained (given answer)
Question 4(c) Watch out for t / T confusion (N.B. if only T’s used, M0DM0)
First M1 for a complete method to find the total time in terms of u, g, H or T:-
either: 3H = -ut + ½ gt2
or: 4H = ½ gt2 and t + T
or: v2 = u2 + 6gH and v = -u + gt ,with v eliminated
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for producing an expression, in terms of u, g, H or T, for the
total time, by solving a quadratic
First A1 for any correct expression for the total time in terms of u, g, H or T.
Second A1 for 3T cso
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5a 3mg  T  3ma M1A1
T  2 mg  2ma M1A1
 T DM1
T  2mg  2  mg  
 3
12 A1
T  mg *Given Answer*
5 (6)
g
b a B1
5
g
At time of impact v 2  u 2  2as  2   1.5  0.6 g M1A1
5
Vertical motion under gravity 0  0.6 g  2 gs M1
s  0.3 (m)
Total distance 2  0.3  0.6 (m) DM1A1
(6)
c Impulse = 3m  v  u   3mu M1
Magnitude = 3m 0.6 g  3.6 (Ns) (3.64) A1
(2)
[14]
Question 5(a)
First M1 for resolving vertically (up or down) for B, with correct no. of terms etc (allow if they omit
m but have the 3)
Second M1 for resolving vertically (up or down) for A, with correct no. of terms etc (allow if they
omit m but have the 2)
Third M1, dependent on the first two M marks, for eliminating a
Third A1 for T = 12mg/5 given answer
N.B. Either equation above can be replaced by the whole system equation
M1A1 for 3mg – 2mg = 5ma ; any error loses both marks.
N.B. If m has been omitted in (a), which has led to a dimensionally incorrect value of a, can score
max B0M1A0M1M1A0 in (b) and M1A0 in (c).
Question 5(b)
B1 for a = g/5 found (possibly in part (a)) and used here.
First M1 for using suvat with their a from part (a), to find the speed v (or v2) of B at impact
First A1 for √(0.6g) oe, 2.4 or better (may be implied) found correctly.
Second M1 for using suvat with a = ± g , to obtain an equation in s only, using their v (or v2) with
final velocity = 0
Third M1, dependent on second M1, for doubling their s value
Second A1 for 0.6 (m)
Question 5(c)
M1 for ± 3m x (their v) or ± 1.5 x (their v) or
± m x (their v) or ± 0.5 x (their v)
M0 if 3m missing or extra g
A1 for 3.6 or 3.64 (Ns)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6a Resolving vertically: T  2T   3T   W M1A1
Moments about B: 2  2T   d  1 W M1A1
Substitute and solve for d : 2  2T   d  1 3T DM1
7 A1
d (m)
3 (6)
2
6b Moments about C: (TB  2)  (kW  1)  W  M1A1
3
TB  W
 2  3k  or equivalent
A1
6 (3)
solving TB ≥ 0 or TB > 0 for k. M1

6c
0 < k ≤ 2/3 or 0 < k < 2/3 only A1
(2)
[11]
Question 6(a)
N.B. If Wg is used, mark as a misread.
First M1 for an equation in W and T and possibly d (either resolve vertically or moments about any
point other than the centre of mass of the rod), with usual rules.
Second M1 for an equation in W and T and possibly d (either resolve vertically or moments about
any point other than the centre of mass of the rod), with usual rules.
N.B. The above 4 marks can be scored if their d is measured from a different point
Third M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for solving for d
Third A1 for d = 7/3 , 2.3 (m) or better
N.B. Alternative
If a single equation is used (see below) by taking moments about the centre of mass of the rod, 2T(3
- d) = T(d – 1), this scores M2A2 (-1 each error)
Third A1 for d = 7/3
Question 6(b)
First M1 for producing an equation in TB and W only, either by taking moments about C, or using
two equations and eliminating
Second A1 for W(2 – 3k)/6 oe.
N.B. M0 if they use any information about the tension(s) from part (a).
Question 6(c)
M1 for solving TB ≥ 0 or TB > 0 for k.
A1 for 0 < k ≤ 2/3 or 0 < k < 2/3 only.
N.B.
T = 0 => k = 2/3 then answer is M0.
If they also solve TC ≥ 0 or TC > 0, can still score M1 and possibly A1.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
R
F 15 N
7a
50°
mg 40°
Perpendicular to the slope: R  2.7g cos 40 15cos 40 M1A2

= 31.8 (N) or 32 (N) A1
(4)
7b Parallel to the slope: F  2.7g sin 40  15cos50  F  7.366..  M1A2

Use of F   R M1
2.7g sin 40  15cos50 A1
  0.23 or 0.232
R (5)
7c Component of wt parallel to slope = 2.7g sin 40 (  17.0) B1

M1A1
Fmax  0.232  2.7  g  cos 40  4.7... (N)
17.0  4.70 so the particle moves A1
(4)
[13]
N.B. Only penalise over- or under-accuracy after using g = 9.8,
(or use of g = 9.81), once in whole question.
Question 7(a)
First M1 for resolving perpendicular to the slope, with correct no. of terms, and both the 2.7g and 15
terms resolved.
First A2 for a correct equation; -1 each error.
Third A1 for 32 (N) or 31.8 (N)
Question 7(b)
First M1 for resolving parallel to the slope, with correct no. of terms, and both the 2.7g and 15 terms
resolved.
Second M1 for use of F = µR
Question 7(c)
B1 for component of weight down the plane 2.7gsin40o (17 or better)
M1 for using their NEW R and µ to find max friction (M0 if they use R from (a))
First A1 for 4.7( or better) (should be 4.701242531)
Second A1 for comparison and correct conclusion.
N.B. If first A mark is 0, the second A mark must also be 0.
Summer 2014

(6677_01)
Summer 2014

last.
 Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according
to their perception of where the grade boundaries may lie.
principles by which marks will be awarded and exemplification may
be limited.
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.

SF.

of the question.

HL Hooke’s Law

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1a Resolving horizontally: T cos 30  6cos 50 M1A1
T  4.45 (N), 4.5 (N), or better A1
(3)
b Resolving vertically: W  6cos 40  T cos 60 M1A1

= 6.82 (N), 6.8 (N), or better A1
(3)
[6]
Question 1(a)
First M1 for resolving horizontally with correct no. of terms and both TAC and ‘6’ terms resolved.
First A1 for a correct equation in TAC only.
Second A1 for 4.5 (N), 4.45 (N) or better. (4.453363194)
N.B. The M1 is for a complete method to find the tension so where two resolution equations, neither
horizontal, are used, the usual criteria for an M mark must be applied to both equations and the first
A1 is for a correct equation in TAC only (i.e. W eliminated correctly)
Alternatives:
TAC 6
Triangle of Forces : o
sin40 sin60 o
Or
TAC 6
Lami’s Theorem: o
sin140 sin120 o
Question 1(b)
First M1 for resolving vertically with correct no. of terms and both TAC (does not need to be
substituted) and ‘6’ terms resolved.
First A1 for a correct equation in TAC and W.
Second A1 for 6.8 (N), 6.82 (N) or better. (6.822948256)
Alternatives:
6 W
Triangle of Forces : o
 M1A1
sin60 sin80 o
6 W
Or Lami’s Theorem: o
 M1A1
sin120 sin100 o
Or Resolution in another direction e.g. along one of the strings M1 (usual criteria) A1 for a correct
equation.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2(a) R  mg cos 40 B1
Use of F   R B1
mg sin 40  F  ma M1A1
A1
acc  2.55 (m s-2) or 2.5 (m s-2)
(5)
M1A1
(b) v 2  u 2  2as  2  a  3 Speed at B is 3.9 (m s-1) or 3.91(m s-1)
(2)
[7]
(Deduct only 1 mark in whole question for not giving an answer to either 2 sf or 3 sf, following use
of g = 9.8)
Question 2(a)
First B1 for R =mgcos40o
Second B1 for F = µR seen or implied(can be on diagram)
M1 for resolving parallel to plane, correct no. of terms, mg resolved (F does not need to be
substituted)
Second A1 for 2.5 (ms-2) or 2.55 (ms-2) Must be positive.
S.C. If m is given a specific numerical value, can score max B1B1M1A0A0
Question 2(b)
M1 is for a complete method for finding speed (usually v2=u2+2as)
A1 for 3.9 (ms-1) or 3.91(ms-1)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
M1,A1
3a Using v 2  u 2  2 as : v 2  4 g , v  4g or 6.3 or 6.26 (m s-1)
(2)
M1A1
b Rebounds to 1.5 m, 0  u 2  3g , u  3g , 5.4 or 5.42 (m s-1)
(2)
c Impulse = 0.3  6.3  5.4   3.5 (Ns) M1A1
(2)
If speed downwards is taken to be positive:
v
u First line B1
d
Second line B1
t
-u,u, B1
-u
(3)
e. Use of suvat to find t1 or t2,

4
4g  gt1 t1   0.64 s
g
M1A1
3 (t1 or t2)
3g  gt2 t2   0.55 s
g
Total time = t1  2t2  1.7 s or 1.75 s
DM1A1
(4)
[13]
N.B. Deduct only 1 mark in whole question for not giving an answer to either 2 sf or 3 sf, following
use of g = 9.8 or use of g = 9.81
Question 3(a)
M1 is for a complete method for finding speed (usually v2=u2+2as)
A1 for v = 6.3 (ms-1) or 6.26 (ms-1) or √4g (ms-1) (must be positive)
Allow 0= u2 - 4g or v2 = 4g but not 0= u2 + 4g or v2 = - 4g
Question 3(b)
M1 is for a complete method for finding speed
Allow 0= u2 - 3g or v2 = 3g but not 0= u2 + 3g or v2 = - 3g
A1 for 5.4 (ms-1) or 5.42 (ms-1) or √3g (ms-1) (must be positive)
Question 3(c)
M1 is for ±0.3(their (b) ± their (a)) (unless they are definitely adding the momenta
i.e. using I = m (v + u) which is M0). N.B. Extra g is M0
A1 for 3.5 (Ns) or 3.50 (Ns) (must be positive)
Question 3(d)
First B1 for a straight line from origin to their v which must be marked on the axis.
Second B1 for a parallel straight line correctly positioned (if continuous vertical lines are clearly
included as part of the graph then B0)
Third B1 for their –u and u correctly marked, provided their second line is correctly positioned
N.B. A reflection of the graph in the t-axis (upwards +ve) is also acceptable
Question 3(e)
First M1 for use of suvat or area under their v-t graph to find either t1 or t2 or 2t2
First A1 for correct value for either t1 or t2 (can be in terms of g at this stage or surds or
unsimplified e.g.6.3/9.8)
Second M1 dependent on the first M1 for their t1 + 2t2
Second A1 for 1.7 (s) or 1.75 (s).
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4a Resolving vertically: T  2T   3T   W M1A1
Moments about A: 2W  2T  d M1A1
W
Substitute and solve: 2W  2 d DM1
3
d 3 A1
(6)
b Resolving vertically: T  4T  W  kW  5T  W 1  k   M1A1 ft

Moments about A: 2W  4kW  3  4T M1A1 ft
12
Substitute and solve: 2W  4kW  W 1  k  DM1
5
12 12
2  4k   k
5 5
8 2 1 A1
k , k
5 5 4 (6)
[12]
N.B. In moments equations, for the M mark, all terms must be force x distance but take care in the
cases when the distance is 1.
Question 4(a)
N.B. If Wg is used, mark as a misread. If T and 2T are reversed, mark as per scheme NOT as a
misread.
First M1 for an equation in W and T and possibly d (either resolve vertically or moments about any
point other than the mid-pt), with usual rules.
Second M1 for an equation in W and T and possibly d (either resolve vertically or moments about
any point other than the mid-pt), with usual rules.
Third A1 for d = 3 cso
N.B. If a single equation is used (see below) by taking moments about the mid-point of the rod,
2T = 2T(d – 2), this scores M2A2 (-1 each error)
Third A1 for d = 3 cso
Question 4(b)
N.B. If Wg and kWg are used, mark as a misread.
If they use any results from (a), can score max M1A1 in (b) for one equation.
If T and 4T are reversed, mark as per scheme NOT as a misread.
First M1 for an equation in W and a tension T1 and possibly their d or their d and k (either resolve
vertically or moments about any point), with usual rules.
First A1 ft on their d, for a correct equation.
Second M1 for an equation in W and the same tension T1 and possibly their d or their d and k (either
resolve vertically or moments about any point), with usual rules.
Second A1 ft on their d, for a correct equation.
Third M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for solving to give a numerical value of k
Third A1 for k = 1/4 oe cso
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
5a F  ma : 3i – 2j = 0.5a M1
a = 6i – 4j A1
M1A1
a  62  (4)2  2 13 (m s-2) ** (4)
b v =u + at: v = (i + 3j) + 2(6i – 4j) M1A1 ft

= 13i – 5j m s-1 A1
(3)
c Distance = 2 v  2 4  1  2 5  4.47 (m) M1A1

(2)
d    
When t  3.5 , velocity of P is i  3j  3.5 6i  4j  22i  11j M1A1 ft
Given conclusion reached correctly. E.g. 22i  11j = 11(2i  j) A1

(3)
[12]
Question 5(a)
Either:
First M1 for use of F = m a
First A1 for a = 6i – 4j
Second M1 for a = √ (62 + (-4)2) (Allow √ (62 + 42) )
Second A1 for a = 2√13 (ms-2) Given answer
Or:
First M1 for F = √ (32 + (-2)2) (Allow √ (32 + 22) )
First A1 F = √13
Second M1 for √13 = 0.5 a
Second A1 for a = 2√13 (ms-2) Given answer
Question 5(b)
M1 for (i + 3j) + (2 x their a)
First A1 ft for a correct expression
Second A1 for 13i – 5j ; isw if they go on to find the speed
Question 5(c)
M1 for 2√(22 + (-1)2) or √(42 + (-2)2)
A1 for 2√5 or √20 or 4.5 or 4.47 or better
Question 5(d)
M1 for (i + 3j) + (3.5 x their a) ,or possibly, their (b) + (1.5 x their a)
First A1 ft for a correct expression of form ai + bj
Second A1 for given conclusion reached correctly e.g. 22i -11j=11(2i - j) oe Given answer
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6a
20
3X
60°
Resolve and use Pythagoras

(X – 20cos60)2 + (20cos30)2 = (3X)2 M1 A1
8 X 2  20 X  400  0 A1
5  25  800 M1A1
X  5.93 (3 SF)
4 (5)
6a alt Cosine rule (3X)2 = 202 + X2 – 2.20X cos60 M1A1
8 X 2  20 X  400  0 A1
5  25  800 M1A1
X  5.93 (3SF)
4 (5)
2
b P  Q  20 2  X 2  2 X  20  cos120 M1A1
P  Q  23.5 (N) (3SF) DM1 A1

(4)
P  Q = (X + 20cos60)2 + (20cos30)2
2
6b alt M1A1
P  Q  23.5 (N) (3SF) DM1 A1
(4)
[9]
In this question a misquoted Cosine Rule is M0.
The question asks for both answers to 3 SF but only penalise under or over accuracy once in this
question.
Question 6(a)
First M1 for a complete method to give an equation in X only i.e. producing two components and
usually squaring and adding and equating to (3X)2 (condone sign errors and consistent incorrect trig.
in the components for this M mark BUT the x-component must be a difference)
First A1 for a correct unsimplified equation in X only
e.g, allow (±(X - 20cos60o))2 + (±(20cos30o))2 = (3X)2
Second A1 for any correct fully numerical 3 term quadratic = 0
Second M1(independent) for solving a 3 term quadratic
Third A1 for 5.93
Alternative using cosine rule:

First M1 for use of cosine rule with cos60o (M0 if they use 120o)
First A1 for a correct equation unsimplified e.g, allow cos60o and (3X)2
Second A1 for any correct fully numerical 3 term quadratic = 0
Second M1(independent) for solving a 3 term quadratic
Third A1 for 5.93
Alternative using 2 applications of the sine rule:

First M1 for using 3X / sin60 = X / sin a AND
Either: X / sin a = 20/ sin (120o – a)

Or: 3X / sin 60o = 20/ sin (120o – a)
(These could be in terms of b where b = (120o – a))
First A1 for two correct equations

Second A1 for a = 16.778..o (or b = 103.221..o)
Second M1 for solving:
X / sin a = 20 / sin (120o – a) or 3X / sin 60o = 20/ sin (120o – a)
with their a or b, to find X
Third A1 for 5.93
Question 6(b)
First M1 for use of cosine rule unsimplified with cos120o (M0 if they use 60o)
First A1 for a correct expression for P  Q in terms of X (does not need to be substituted)
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for substituting for their X and solving for P  Q
Second A1 for 23.5
Alternative using components:
First M1 for a complete method i.e. producing two components and squaring and adding (no square
root needed) (condone sign errors and consistent incorrect trig. in the components for this M mark
BUT the x-component must be a sum)
First A1 for a correct expression for P  Q
(e.g, allow (±(X + 20cos60o))2 + (±(20cos30o))2
Second M1, dependent on first M1, for substituting for their X and solving for P  Q
Second A1 for 23.5
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7(a) 4mg  T  4ma M1A1
T  3mg  3ma M1A1
Condone the use of 4mg  3mg  4ma  3ma in place of one of these
M1A1
equations.
g
Reach given answer a  correctly *** A1
7
Form an equation in T:
 T g g M1
T  3mg  3 mg   , T  3mg  3m , or T  4mg  4m
 4 7 7
24 A1
T mg or equivalent, 33.6m, 34m
7 (7)
g M1A1
(b) v 2  u 2  2as  2   0.7  1.96 , v  1.4 ms-1
7 (2)
3mg  T  3ma M1A1

T  2mg  2ma A1
(c)
g
a A1
5 (4)
g
(d) 0  1.96  2  s M1
5
5 1.96
s  0.5 (m) A1
2g
Total height = 0.7  0.5  1.2 (m) A1 ft
(3)
1 1
Alt d Using energy: 3mgs  2mgs = 3m 1.4 2  2m  1.42 M1
2 2
2.5 1.962
s  0.5 (m) A1
g
Total height = 0.7  0.5  1.2 (m) A1 ft
(3)
[16]
Question 7(a)(i) and (ii)
First M1 for resolving vertically (up or down) for B+C, with correct no. of terms.
Second M1 for resolving vertically (up or down) for A, with correct no. of terms.
Third A1 for g/7, obtained correctly. Given answer (1.4 A0)
Third M1 for an equation in T only

Fourth A1 for 24mg/7 oe or 33.6m or 34m
N.B. If they omit m throughout (which gives a = g/7), can score max M1A0M1A0A0M1A0 for part
(a) BUT CAN SCORE ALL OF THE MARKS in parts (b), (c) and (d).
Question 7(b)
M1 for an equation in v only (usually v2=u2+2as)
A1 for 1.4 (ms-1) allow √(g/5) oe.
Question 7(c)
First M1 for resolving vertically (up or down) for A or B, with correct no. of terms. (N.B. M0 if they
use the tension from part (a))
First A1 for a correct equation for A.
Second A1 for a correct equation for B.
N.B. ‘Whole system’ equation: 3mg - 2mg = 5ma earns first 3 marks but any error loses all 3
Third A1 for g/5 oe or 1.96 or 2.0 (ms-2) (allow a negative answer)
Question 7(d)
M1 for an equation in s only using their v from (b) and a from (c).
either 0 = 1.42 – 2(g/5)s or 1.42 = 0 + 2(g/5)s
First A1 for s = 0.5 (m) correctly obtained
Second A1 ft for their 0.5 + 0.7 =1.2 (m)
Alternative using conservation of energy

M1 for an equation in s only, with correct number of terms, using their v from (b):-
(3mgs – 2mgs) = ½ 3m (1.4)2 + ½ 2m (1.4)2
First A1 for s = 0.5 (m) correctly obtained
Second A1 ft for their 0.5 + 0.7 =1.2 (m)
EDEXCEL MECHANICS M1 (6677) – NOVEMBER 2002 PROVISIONAL MARK SCHEME
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) R(↑): T cos 30° = 6 M1 A1
T
F T = 6.93 A1 (3)
(b) R (→): ‘T’ sin 30° = F M1 A1
6 F = 3.46 A1 (3)
(6 marks)
2. (a) 3i – 7.5j = 1.5a ⇒ a = 2i – 5j M1 A1

a  = √(22 + 52) = √29 ≈ 5.39 (awrt) M1 A1 (4)
(b) v = (2i + 3j) + 4(2i – 5j) M1, A1ft
= 10i – 17j A1 (3)
(7 marks)
3. (a) v Shape B1
Figs (20, 50, T, 4T/5T ) B1
20
(2)
T 4T 50 t
(b) 1
2
× T × 20 + 4T × 20 + 1
2
× 50 × 20 = 1220 M1 A1
T=8 A1 (3)
20
(c) Acceleration = = 2.5 m s−2 M1 A1ft (2)
8
(8 marks)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4. (a) 90 x
M(A): 80 × + 20 × x = 90 × 2 M1 A1
2
80 20 Solve for x: x = 3 M1 A1 (4)
(b) By having weight act at B. B1 (1)
y R 3R
(c) R(↑): R + 3R = 100 (R = 25) B1

y 80 2
M(A): 25y + 75 × 2 = 80 × 1.5 + 20 × 3 M1 A1 ft

Solve: y = 1.2 m A1 (4)
(9 marks)
5. (a) 82 = 102 + 2a × 5 → a = (−)3.6 m s−2 M1 A1 (2)

(b) R = 10g cos 20° B1
R
µR
F = µR used B1
10g sin 20° − µ.10g cos 20° = 10 (−3.6) M1 A1
10g
Solve: µ. = 0.75 (or 0.755) M1 A1 (6)
(c) AC maximum if speed at C = 0
∴02 = 102 − 2 × 3.6 × s M1
s ≈ 13.9 m (awrt) A1 (2)
(10 marks)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. (a) 1500 × 10 + 2500 × 5 = 1500 × 4 + 2500 × v M1 A1
→ v = 8.6 m s−1 (*) A1 (3)
(b) P: 1500a = −500 (⇒ a = − 13 m s−2) M1
02 = 42 – 2 × 1
3
×s ⇒ s = 24 m M1 A1 (3)
(c) P: 0 = 4 − 1
3
t ⇒ t – 12 s M1
Q: s = 8.6 × 12 = 103.2 m M1 A1
Distance apart = 103.2 − 24 = 79.2 m M1 A1 (5)
(11 marks)
(50i − 25 j) − (20i + 35 j)
7. (a) vP = 1
= 60i − 120j M1 A1
2
(b) p = 20i + 35j + (60i − 120j)t M1 A1 ft (2)

120
(c) vQ = (4i − 3j) (= 96i − 72j) M1
5
q = 96ti − 72tj M1 A1 (3)
(d) t = 2: p = 140i − 205j, q = 192i − 144j M1
Use of (PQ =) q − p or p − q (= QP) (=52i + 61j) M1
PQ = √(522 + 612) ≈ 80 km M1 A1 (4)
(11 marks)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
8. (a) 2
R B: 3g − T = 3 × g M1 A1
T 5
T
2
g 9
A B 5
→ T= g = 17.6 N
5 A1 (3)
3g
mg
(b) A: 17.6 − mg sin 30° = m × 2

5
g M1, A1 ft
Solve: → m = 2 M1 A1 (4)
(c) Speed of B at ground: v = 2 × g × 0.25 (=1.4)
2 2
5 M1
I = 3 × v = 4.2 Ns M1 A1 (3)
(d) A: −mg sin 30° = ma ⇒ a = − 12 g = −4.9 M1 A1
0 = 1.4 − 4.9t M1
T = 0.29 s (or 0.286 s) A1 (4)
(14 marks)
EDEXCEL MECHANICS M1 (6677)
PROVISIONAL MARK SCHEME NOVEMBER 2003
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1. (a) 0 2 = u 2 - 2 ´ 9.8 ´ 40 M1 A1
Þ u = 28 ms -1 A1 (3)
(b) - 28 = 28 - 9.8 ´ t M1 A1
Þ t = 5.7 or 5.71 s A1 (3) 6
2.
12 6
S T
v 3.6
(a) 28800 = 2000 (12 - v) M1 A1

v = -2.4ms -1 Speed = 2.4 ms -1 A1 (3)
(b) due west / ¬ /reversed direction (o.e.) A1 (1)
(c) T: 28800 = m(6 + 3.6) M1 A1

Þ m = 3000 kg
M1 A1
(4)
OR 2000 ´ 12 - 6 ´ m = – 2000 ´ 2.4 + m ´ 3.6 M1 A1
Þ m = 3000 kg
M1 A1
8
1
3. M1 A2, 1, 0
M1 A1
B1
M1
R : R = 50g + P sin 30° M1 A1

9
R ®: F = P cos 30°
R
3
F = R used
P 5
P cos 30° =
3
(50g + P sin 30°) Elim F , R
5
F Solve P = 520 or 519 N
2
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4. (a)
Shape B1
Figs B1
(2)
v
25
t
20 140 T
(b) 1 M1 A1
(T + 120 ) ´ 25 = 4000
2
é 1 1 ù
êë or 2 . 20. 25, + 120.25 + 2 (T - 140) . 25 = 4000úû
A1
® T = 200 s
(3)
(c) 1
Car: . 20. 25, + 25(t - 20 ) = 1500 M1 A1, A1
2
® t = 70 s M1
Hence motorcycle travels for 60s A1
(5)
(d) æ0+vö
1500 = ç ÷ . 60 M1
è 2 ø
v = 50 ms -1 A1 (2)
12
5. (a) 1
a= [(5i + 11j) - (3i - 5 j)] = -2i + 4 j M1 A1
4
(2)
(b) F = m a = -6i + 12 j M1 A1
F = 180 ≃ 13.4 N (AWRT) M1 A1 (4)
[ OR a = 20 ≃ 4.47 Þ F = 3 ´ 4.47 ≃ 13.4 N]
3
(c) t = 6 v = 3i - 5 j + 6(- 2i + 4 j) [= -9i + 19 j] M1 A1

At B : r = (6i - 29 j) + 3(- 9i + 19 j) [= -21i + 28 j] M1 A1
OB = (21 2
+ 28 2
) = 35 m M1 A1 (6)
12
4
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6. (a) M(D): 160 ´ 2.5 = W ´ 4 + 200(4 - x ) M1 A2, 1, 0

400 = 4W + 800 - 200 x
200 x - 4W = 400 Þ 50 x - W = 100
* M1 A1
(5)
(b) M(D): 50 ´ 2.5 + W ´ 1 = 200 (4 - x ) M1 A2, 1, 0

200 x + W = 675
(3)
(c) Solving ® x = 3 .1 m M1 A1
: W = 55 N M1 A1
(4)
12
T
7. (a)
B
1
0.4g 0 .4 g - T = 0 .4 ´ g M1 A1
0.2g 5 (2)
(b) 8
T= g or 3.14 or 3.1 N M1 A1
25
(2)
(c)
1
T – mg sin 30° = m ´ g M1 A1
5
16
®m=
35 * M1 A1 (4)
mg
(d) Same T for A & B B1 (1)

(e) 1
v 2 = 2 ´ g ´1 M1
5
2g A1
v= ≃ 1.98 or 2 ms -1
5
(2)
5
1 1
(f) A: - mg = ma Þ a = - g M1 A1
2 2
2g 1 M1 A1
v2 = - 2 ´ g ´ 0.4
5 2 (5)
Þv=0 A1
16
6
Number
1 (a) v
30
Shape B1
Figs (2, 30) B1

(2)
O 2 T t
(b) 300 = ½ (2 + T) x 30 M1 A1
⇒ T = 18 s A1
(3)
Or If t is time decelerating (and clear from working):
300 = 30 x 2 + ½ .30.t M1 A1
⇒ t = 16 s ⇒ total time = 18 s A1
(3)
1
Number
2 (a) 3g
3 kg: 3g – T = 3 x M1 A1
7
12g
⇒ T = or 16.8 N or 17 N A1
7
(3)
(b) 3g
m kg: T – mg = m. M1 A1
7
↓
12g 3mg
= mg + (Sub for T and solve) M1
7 7
⇒ m = 1.2 A1
(4)
2
Number
R
3 (a)
A B
2 1.6 C 0.4
10g 30g
M(C): R x 3.6 + 30g x 0.4 = 10g x 1.6 M1 A1

↓
⇒ R = 10.9 or 11 or 98/9 N M1 A1
(4)
(b)
A B
2 1.6 C 0.4
mg 10g 80g
Tilting about C ⇒ reaction at A = 0 M1
M(C): mg x 3.6 + 10g x 1.6 = 80g x 0.4 M1 A1
⇒ m = 4.44 or 4.4 or 40/9 kg A1

(4)
_____________________________________________________________________________
3
Number
4 (a) 16 3 kg
v CLM: 3 x 16 = 3.2 x v M1 A1
0.2 kg ⇒ v = 15 m s–1 A1
(3)
(b)
Impulse-momentum: (R – 3.2g)0.05 = 3.2 x 15 M1 A1 A1√
↓
⇒ R = 960 + 3.2g ≈ 991 M1 A1
(5)
Or: deceleration: 0 = 15 + 0.05a ⇒ a = –300 m s–2
Hence 3.2g – R = 3.2 x –300 M1 A1 A1√

↓
⇒ R = 960 + 3.2g ≈ 991 M1 A1
(5)
Final M1 needs a three term equation .
4
Number
5 (a) 3
tan θ = (θ = 56.3°) M1
2
angle between v and j = 90 + 56.3 ≈ 146° M1 A1
(3)
(b) v = 2i – 3j + (–i + 2j)t M1
= (2 – t)i + (–3 + 2t)j A1

(2)
(c) t = 3, v = –i + 3j M1
speed = √(12 + 32) = √10 or 3.16 m s–1 M1 A1

(3)
v parallel to i ⇒ – 3 + 2t = 0 M1
(d)
⇒ t = 1.5 s A1
(2)
________________________________________________________________________________
5
Number
6 (a) v2 = 202 + 2 x 4 x 78 ⇒ v = 32 m s–1 M1 A1

(2)
(b) B: 32 = 20 + 4t ⇒ t = 3s M1 A1√
↓
A: Distance = 30 x t = 90 m M1 A1
(4)
(c) 30T = 20T + ½ .4.T2 M1

↓
2T2 – 10T = 0 M1 A1
↓
⇒ t = (0 or) 5 s M1 A1
(5)
6
Number
7 (a) R 150
0.2R R(↑) R + 150 sin 20 = 30g M1 A1
30g ⇒ R ≈ 243 N A1
(3)
R(→): 150 cos 20 – 0.2R = 30a M1 A1
⇒ a ≈ 3.08 m s–2 A1
S (3)
F
S = 30g ⇒ F = 0.2 x 30g M1 A1
30g
30a’ = (–) 0.2 x 30g ⇒ a’ = (–) 0.2g (= 1.96) M1 A1
0 = 122 – 2 x 0.2g x s (using new a’) M1
⇒ s ≈ 36.7 m A1
(6)
7
Number
T
8 (a) R
F R(perp. to slope): R = 20g cos 60 (= 10g = 98 N) M1 A1
F = 0.4R (used) B1
20g R(parallel to slope): T + F = 20g cos 30 M1 A2, 1, 0

↓
T = 10√3 g – 4g ≈ 131 or 130 N M1 A1
(b) T R (8)
R = 10g as before B1 √
F T – 0.4R = 20g cos 30 M1 A1

20g
T = 10√3 g + 4g ≈ 209 or 210 N A1
(4)
(c) (i) Friction acts down slope (and has magnitude 0.4R) B1
(ii) Net force on package = 0 (or equivalent), or ‘no acceleration’ B1
(2)
________________________________________________________________________________
8
October 2017
Pearson Edexcel International A Level

in Mechanics M1 (WME01/01)
Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are awarded by Pearson, the UK’s largest awarding body.
We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational, occupational
and specific programmes for employers. For further information visit our qualifications
websites at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively, you can get in touch with
us using the details on our contact us page at www.edexcel.com/contactus.
they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for over 150 years, and by working across
70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international reputation for our commitment to
high standards and raising achievement through innovation in education. Find out more about how
we can help you and your students at: www.pearson.com/uk
October 2017
Publications Code WME01_01_1710_MS
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark the first candidate
in exactly the same way as they mark the last.
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for what they
have shown they can do rather than penalised for omissions.
• Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according to their perception
of where the grade boundaries may lie.
• There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should be used
appropriately.
• All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners should always
award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark scheme. Examiners
should also be prepared to award zero marks if the candidate’s response is not worthy of
credit according to the mark scheme.
• Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the principles by which
marks will be awarded and exemplification may be limited.
• When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of the mark scheme to a
candidate’s response, the team leader must be consulted.
• Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced it with an
alternative response.
‘M’ marks

e.g. when two simultaneous equations have been set up by, for example, resolving in
two directions and there is then an M mark for solving the equations to find a particular
earned.
‘A’ marks
These are dependent accuracy (or sometimes answer) marks and can only be awarded
if the previous M mark has been earned. E.g. M0 A1 is impossible.
‘B’ marks
These are independent accuracy marks where there is no method (e.g. often given for
a comment or for a graph)


•  The answer is printed on the paper
4. All A marks are ‘correct answer only’ (cao.), unless shown, for example, as A1 ft to indicate that
previous wrong working is to be followed through. After a misread however, the subsequent A marks
affected are treated as A ft, but manifestly absurd answers should never be awarded A marks.
5. For misreading which does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it, deduct two
from any A or B marks gained, in that part of the question affected.

• If all but one attempt is crossed out, mark the attempt which is NOT crossed out.
• If either all attempts are crossed out or none are crossed out, mark all the attempts and score the
highest single attempt.

• Rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dimensionally correct; all terms that need resolving (i.e. multiplied by
cos or sin) are resolved.
• Omission or extra g in a resolution is an accuracy error not method error.
• Omission of mass from a resolution is a method error.
• Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an accuracy error.
• DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a previous specified method mark
has been awarded.
N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised once per complete question.
• Marks must be entered in the same order as they appear on the mark scheme.
• In all cases, if the candidate clearly labels their working under a particular part of a question i.e. (a) or (b) or
(c),……then that working can only score marks for that part of the question.
• Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it, deduct two from any
A or B marks gained, bearing in mind that after a misread, the subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft
• Mechanics Abbreviations
HL Hooke’s Law

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 M1A1
M1A1
B1
Eliminate R and solve for T DM1
T = 250 N or 246 N A1
7
Notes
1 First M1 for resolving vertically with usual rules (must be using either
20o or 70o)
Second M1 for resolving horizontally with usual rules (must be using
either 20o or 70o)
B1 for seen (could be on a diagram)
Third DM1 dependent on previous two M marks
Third A1 for either 250 (N) or 246 (N)
2a M1 A1
A1
M1A1
A1 (6)
M1A1
2b M1 A1
M1 A1
A1 (5)
11
Notes
2a First M1 for a moments equation or a vertical resolution
First A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
substituted but if one is, it can be their value found from a previous
equation)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Second A1 for
Second M1 for a moments equation or a vertical resolution
Third A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
equation)
Fourth A1 for
Enter marks for equations on ePEN, in the order they appear
First M1 for a moments equation or a vertical resolution
2b First A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
equation)
Second A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
equation)
Third A1 for
N.B. Equations may contain any or all of RC , RD or x for M marks but
must contain only one of RC or RD to earn the A mark.
N.B. If they assume that RD = 520, they lose all the marks for part (b).
N.B If they start with 2R = 1480 and then add or subtract (or both) 520
to their R value, M0.
N.B. If brackets are omitted in a moments equation e.g. (520 + RC).4 is
written as 520 + RC.4, the M mark can be scored
3 M1A1
A1
For P: M1 A1
A1
OR For Q: M1 A1
A1
6
Notes
First M1 for CLM with correct no. of terms, all dimensionally correct, to give
an equation in m, u and their v only. Condone consistent g’s or cancelled m’s
3 and sign errors.
(N.B. The CLM equation could be obtained by equating the magnitudes of the
impulses on each particle)
First A1 for a correct equation (they may have - 5mv)
Second A1 for 0.8u or – 0.8u (as appropriate)
Second M1 for using Impulse = Change in Momentum for either P or Q
(M0 if clearly adding momenta or if g is included or if different mass in the
two momentum terms) but condone sign errors.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Third A1 for or
OR for or
Fourth A1 for 4.8mu (must be positive since magnitude)
4(i) M1 A1
Solve for = 8.1 (N) or better M1 A1 (4)
OR: M1 A1
4(ii)
or M1 A1
Solve: or M1 A1
o
Bearing is 149 (nearest degree) A1 (5)
OR: M1 A1
Solve: M1 A1
Bearing is 149o (nearest degree) A1 (5)
Notes
4(i) First M1 for use of cos rule with 30o
OR: First M1 for ‘resolving’ in 2 directions with 30o / 60o (N.B. M0
here if cos/sin confused)
First A1 for TWO correct equations
Second M1 for solving for , independent but must be solving a
‘correct cosine formula but with wrong angle’ if using method 1
OR for eliminating from two equations, independent but equations
must have the correct structure if using method 2
Second A1 for 8.1 (N) or better
4(ii) First M1 for use of sin rule with 30o
First A1 for a correct equation (allow 8.12 or better)
OR: First M1 for ‘resolving’ in 2 directions with 30o / 60o
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
First A1 for TWO correct equations (allow 4.12 or better)
Second M1, independent, for solving a ‘correct sine formula’ for or
OR independent for solving two equations, with correct structure, for
Second A1 for or
OR
Third A1 for Bearing is 149o (nearest degree)
N.B. First M1A1 Could use cos rule to find an angle
N.B. If the resolving method is used and there are no (i) or (ii) labels,
only award M1A1 in both cases when an answer is reached.
5a M1A1
A1
A1 (4)
5b M1A1
DM1
A1 (4)
5c M1 A1
A1 (3)
11
Notes
N.B. If they use g = 9.81, lose first A mark (once for whole question)
5a
but all other A marks can be scored.
First M1 for a complete method to find the height (Could involve two
suvat equations) condone sign errors.
First A1 for a correct equation (or equations)
Second A1 for h = 11 (may be unsimplified) or better (For other
methods, give this A1 for any correct (may be unsimplified)
intermediate answer)
Third A1 for 13.5 or 14 (m)
5b First M1 for a complete method to find the required time (they may find
the time up (1.5 s) and then add on the time down. Condone sign errors
First A1 for a correct equation or equations
Second DM1, dependent, for solving to find required time
Second A1 for 3.1 or 3.10 (s)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
First M1 for a complete method to find the speed / velocity(Could

involve two suvat equations) Condone sign errors but must have correct
5c numbers in their equation(s)
Second A1 for 16 or 16.3 (m s-1) Must be positive (speed)
B1 shape
V B1 270, V
6a
(2)
O 270
M1A1
6b Given answer
(2)
Time decelerating is 5V B1
6c
M1 A2
OR:
DM1A1
Given answer (6)
6d or M1 solving
A1 A1
B1 (4)
14
Notes
6a First B1 for a trapezium with line starting at the origin
Second B1 for 270 and V correctly marked
6b M1 for (t =) ; N.B. M1A0 for V=0.6t then answer

Must see division or intermediate step from V=0.6t e.g. Changing 0.6
into 3/5.
A1 for t Given answer
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
B1 for 5V identified appropriately

First M1 for clear attempt to equate the total area under graph to 1500.
6c
(Must include all 3 parts (if not using the trapezium rule) with seen at
least once to give equation in V only; may use (1 triangle + 1 trapezium)
or (rectangle - trapezium)
(May use suvat for one or more parts of the area)
A2 for a correct equation, -1 e.e.o.o.
Second DM1 dependent on first M1 for multiplying out and collecting
terms and putting into appropriate form
Third A1 for correct equation. Given answer
6d First M1 for solving their 3 term quadratic equation for V
N.B. This M1 can be implied by two correct roots but if either answer incorrect
then an explicit method must be shown for this M mark.
First A1 for V = 6
Second A1 for V = 75
B1 on ePEN but treat as DM1, dependent on both previous A marks, for
either reason
7a M1A1
M1A1 (4)
7b B1; M1A1
M1
A1 (5)
Given answer
7c Particles have same acceleration B1 (1)
M1 A1
7d (= 0.8g)
M1
A1
M1 A1
Total distance = 0.5 + 1.75 = 2.25 (m) Accept 2.3 (m) A1 (7)
17
Notes
First M1 for equation of motion for A with usual rules
7a
Second M1 for equation of motion for B with usual rules
N.B. If using different tension in second equation, M0 for that equation
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
B1 for seen e.g. on diagram

7b
First M1 for resolving for A perp to the plane
First A1 for correct equation
N.B. These first 3 marks can be earned in (a).
Second M1 (Hence) for substituting for R and F and trig. and solving
for a (must be some evidence of this) their equations of motion from
part (a)
Second A1 for given answer (Not available if not using exact values
for trig ratios)
B1 for particles have same acceleration (B0 for same velocity or if
7c
incorrect extras given)
7d
First M1 for attempt to find speed (or speed2) when B hits the ground
(M0 if uses g)
Second M1 for attempt to find deceleration of A
Second A1 for correct deceleration
Third M1 for using deceleration (must have found a deceleration) with v
= 0 to find distance (M0 if uses g)
Fourth A1 for 2.25 (m)

October 2017

Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are awarded by Pearson, the UK’s largest awarding body.
We provide a wide range of qualifications including academic, vocational, occupational
and specific programmes for employers. For further information visit our qualifications
websites at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively, you can get in touch with
us using the details on our contact us page at www.edexcel.com/contactus.
they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for over 150 years, and by working across
70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international reputation for our commitment to
high standards and raising achievement through innovation in education. Find out more about how
we can help you and your students at: www.pearson.com/uk
October 2017
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark the first candidate
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for what they
have shown they can do rather than penalised for omissions.
• Examiners should mark according to the mark scheme not according to their perception
of where the grade boundaries may lie.
appropriately.
• All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners should always
award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark scheme. Examiners
should also be prepared to award zero marks if the candidate’s response is not worthy of
• Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the principles by which
marks will be awarded and exemplification may be limited.
‘M’ marks

e.g. when two simultaneous equations have been set up by, for example, resolving in
two directions and there is then an M mark for solving the equations to find a particular
earned.
‘A’ marks
These are dependent accuracy (or sometimes answer) marks and can only be awarded
if the previous M mark has been earned. E.g. M0 A1 is impossible.
‘B’ marks
These are independent accuracy marks where there is no method (e.g. often given for
a comment or for a graph)


4. All A marks are ‘correct answer only’ (cao.), unless shown, for example, as A1 ft to indicate that
previous wrong working is to be followed through. After a misread however, the subsequent A marks
affected are treated as A ft, but manifestly absurd answers should never be awarded A marks.
5. For misreading which does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it, deduct two
from any A or B marks gained, in that part of the question affected.

• If either all attempts are crossed out or none are crossed out, mark all the attempts and score the
highest single attempt.

• Rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dimensionally correct; all terms that need resolving (i.e. multiplied by
cos or sin) are resolved.
• DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a previous specified method mark
has been awarded.
N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised once per complete question.
• In all cases, if the candidate clearly labels their working under a particular part of a question i.e. (a) or (b) or
(c),……then that working can only score marks for that part of the question.
• Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it, deduct two from any
A or B marks gained, bearing in mind that after a misread, the subsequent A marks affected are treated as A ft
HL Hooke’s Law

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1 M1A1
M1A1
B1
Eliminate R and solve for T DM1
T = 250 N or 246 N A1
7
Notes
1 First M1 for resolving vertically with usual rules (must be using either
20o or 70o)
Second M1 for resolving horizontally with usual rules (must be using
either 20o or 70o)
B1 for seen (could be on a diagram)
Third DM1 dependent on previous two M marks
Third A1 for either 250 (N) or 246 (N)
2a M1 A1
A1
M1A1
A1 (6)
M1A1
2b M1 A1
M1 A1
A1 (5)
11
Notes
2a First M1 for a moments equation or a vertical resolution
First A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
equation)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Second A1 for
Third A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
equation)
Fourth A1 for
First M1 for a moments equation or a vertical resolution
2b First A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
equation)
Second A1 for a correct equation (RC and/or RD do NOT need to be
equation)
Third A1 for
N.B. Equations may contain any or all of RC , RD or x for M marks but
must contain only one of RC or RD to earn the A mark.
N.B. If they assume that RD = 520, they lose all the marks for part (b).
N.B If they start with 2R = 1480 and then add or subtract (or both) 520
to their R value, M0.
N.B. If brackets are omitted in a moments equation e.g. (520 + RC).4 is
written as 520 + RC.4, the M mark can be scored
3 M1A1
A1
For P: M1 A1
A1
OR For Q: M1 A1
A1
6
Notes
First M1 for CLM with correct no. of terms, all dimensionally correct, to give
an equation in m, u and their v only. Condone consistent g’s or cancelled m’s
3 and sign errors.
(N.B. The CLM equation could be obtained by equating the magnitudes of the
impulses on each particle)
First A1 for a correct equation (they may have - 5mv)
Second A1 for 0.8u or – 0.8u (as appropriate)
Second M1 for using Impulse = Change in Momentum for either P or Q
(M0 if clearly adding momenta or if g is included or if different mass in the
two momentum terms) but condone sign errors.
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Third A1 for or
OR for or
Fourth A1 for 4.8mu (must be positive since magnitude)
4(i) M1 A1
OR: M1 A1
4(ii)
or M1 A1
Solve: or M1 A1
o
Bearing is 149 (nearest degree) A1 (5)
OR: M1 A1
Solve: M1 A1
Bearing is 149o (nearest degree) A1 (5)
Notes
4(i) First M1 for use of cos rule with 30o
OR: First M1 for ‘resolving’ in 2 directions with 30o / 60o (N.B. M0
here if cos/sin confused)
First A1 for TWO correct equations
Second M1 for solving for , independent but must be solving a
‘correct cosine formula but with wrong angle’ if using method 1
OR for eliminating from two equations, independent but equations
must have the correct structure if using method 2
Second A1 for 8.1 (N) or better
4(ii) First M1 for use of sin rule with 30o
First A1 for a correct equation (allow 8.12 or better)
OR: First M1 for ‘resolving’ in 2 directions with 30o / 60o
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
First A1 for TWO correct equations (allow 4.12 or better)
Second M1, independent, for solving a ‘correct sine formula’ for or
OR independent for solving two equations, with correct structure, for
Second A1 for or
OR
Third A1 for Bearing is 149o (nearest degree)
N.B. First M1A1 Could use cos rule to find an angle
N.B. If the resolving method is used and there are no (i) or (ii) labels,
only award M1A1 in both cases when an answer is reached.
5a M1A1
A1
A1 (4)
5b M1A1
DM1
A1 (4)
5c M1 A1
A1 (3)
11
Notes
N.B. If they use g = 9.81, lose first A mark (once for whole question)
5a
but all other A marks can be scored.
First M1 for a complete method to find the height (Could involve two
suvat equations) condone sign errors.
Second A1 for h = 11 (may be unsimplified) or better (For other
methods, give this A1 for any correct (may be unsimplified)
intermediate answer)
Third A1 for 13.5 or 14 (m)
5b First M1 for a complete method to find the required time (they may find
the time up (1.5 s) and then add on the time down. Condone sign errors
First A1 for a correct equation or equations
Second DM1, dependent, for solving to find required time
Second A1 for 3.1 or 3.10 (s)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
First M1 for a complete method to find the speed / velocity(Could

involve two suvat equations) Condone sign errors but must have correct
5c numbers in their equation(s)
Second A1 for 16 or 16.3 (m s-1) Must be positive (speed)
B1 shape
V B1 270, V
6a
(2)
O 270
M1A1
6b Given answer
(2)
Time decelerating is 5V B1
6c
M1 A2
OR:
DM1A1
Given answer (6)
6d or M1 solving
A1 A1
B1 (4)
14
Notes
6a First B1 for a trapezium with line starting at the origin
Second B1 for 270 and V correctly marked
6b M1 for (t =) ; N.B. M1A0 for V=0.6t then answer

Must see division or intermediate step from V=0.6t e.g. Changing 0.6
into 3/5.
A1 for t Given answer
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
B1 for 5V identified appropriately

First M1 for clear attempt to equate the total area under graph to 1500.
6c
(Must include all 3 parts (if not using the trapezium rule) with seen at
least once to give equation in V only; may use (1 triangle + 1 trapezium)
or (rectangle - trapezium)
(May use suvat for one or more parts of the area)
A2 for a correct equation, -1 e.e.o.o.
Second DM1 dependent on first M1 for multiplying out and collecting
terms and putting into appropriate form
Third A1 for correct equation. Given answer
6d First M1 for solving their 3 term quadratic equation for V
N.B. This M1 can be implied by two correct roots but if either answer incorrect
then an explicit method must be shown for this M mark.
First A1 for V = 6
Second A1 for V = 75
B1 on ePEN but treat as DM1, dependent on both previous A marks, for
either reason
7a M1A1
M1A1 (4)
7b B1; M1A1
M1
A1 (5)
Given answer
7c Particles have same acceleration B1 (1)
M1 A1
7d (= 0.8g)
M1
A1
M1 A1
Total distance = 0.5 + 1.75 = 2.25 (m) Accept 2.3 (m) A1 (7)
17
Notes
First M1 for equation of motion for A with usual rules
7a
Second M1 for equation of motion for B with usual rules
N.B. If using different tension in second equation, M0 for that equation
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
B1 for seen e.g. on diagram

7b
First M1 for resolving for A perp to the plane
First A1 for correct equation
N.B. These first 3 marks can be earned in (a).
Second M1 (Hence) for substituting for R and F and trig. and solving
for a (must be some evidence of this) their equations of motion from
part (a)
Second A1 for given answer (Not available if not using exact values
for trig ratios)
B1 for particles have same acceleration (B0 for same velocity or if
7c
incorrect extras given)
7d
First M1 for attempt to find speed (or speed2) when B hits the ground
(M0 if uses g)
Second M1 for attempt to find deceleration of A
Second A1 for correct deceleration
Third M1 for using deceleration (must have found a deceleration) with v
= 0 to find distance (M0 if uses g)
Fourth A1 for 2.25 (m)

January 2015

Mechanics 1
(WME01/01)
www.edexcel.com.

January 2015
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark the first
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for
• There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should be
used appropriately.
• All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners
• Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the principles by
• Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced it with
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.

• Rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dimensionally correct; all terms that need

per complete question.
the question.
• Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify
HL Hooke’s Law

Jan 2015 (IAL) Post QPEC
6677 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
1.(a) 8mu − 3mu =

5mv M1 A1
v=u A1 (3)
(b) Original direction of motion of B o.e. B1 (1)
(c) For A: OR For B: M1 A1
= 4mu = 4mu A1 (3)
NOTES
Question 1(a)
dimensionally correct. Allow consistent extra g’s and cancelled m’s and
sign errors.
(M1 if they find the impulse on each particle and eliminate the impulse
to give an equation – then use above criteria for their equation)
First A1 for a correct equation. (3mu – 8mu = 5mv or -5mv oe)
Second A1 for u (-u A0)
N.B. Allow u’s to be dropped or omitted in the equation if u is inserted in
answer at the end. (Full marks can be scored). However, if u is not
inserted then M0.
Question 1(b)
B1 for (original) direction of B or opposite to original direction (of A) oe.
(B0 for ‘left’ or direction changed).
N.B. Must follow from v = u or –u obtained in (a).
Question 1(c)
particle, (must be considering one particle) (M0 if g’s are included or if
m omitted or if mass doesn’t match velocities used)
A1 for or
A1 for 4mu cao ( - 4mu is A0) Allow change of sign at end to obtain
magnitude.
2. (a) T sin α + 65.8 =
50 g sin α M1 A1
T = 255 N or 260 N DM1A1
(4)
(b) 65.8cos α = R sin α M1 A1
=
µ = 65.8/ =
R tan a 7/24, 0.29 or better M1 A1
(4)
NOTES
Question 2(a)
First M1 for resolving parallel to the plane (or an equation in T only)
Second M1 dependent for producing a value for T.
Second A1 for 255 (N) or 260 (N).
Question 2(b)
First M1for any equation containing R.
First A1 for a correct equation. (If equation includes a T term, they must
be using a correct value of T to score this mark)
Second M1 for (65.8/their R).
Second A1 for 7/24, 0.29 or better.
3.(a)
M1 A1
Bearing is 288° (nearest degree) A1 (3)

(b)
r= (21i + 5 j) + t (−6i + 2 j) B1 (1)
(c) 21 − 6t =−(5 + 2t ) M1 A1
t = 6.5 A1 (3)
NOTES
Question 3(a)
First M1 for
First A1 for a correct value from their expression, usually 18.4o or 71.6o
Second A1 for 288 (nearest degree)
Question 3(b)
B1 for
Question 3(c)
M1 for equating the negative of their i-component to their j-component
oe
Allow equating the components for the M mark.
Second A1 for t = 6.5
4. h = 12 gt 2 B1
M1 A1
=
h 7.35(t − 12 ) + 12 g (t − 12 ) 2
DM1
1
2 gt=
2
7.35(t − 12 ) + 12 g (t − 12 ) 2
t =1 M1 A1
h = 4.9 A1 7
NOTES
Question 4
B1 for or
First M1 for or
M0 if different t used in the two terms and M0 if two terms have opposite
signs.
First A1 for appropriate t value used
Second M1, dependent, for equating their two expressions for h, but must
have different t’s in the two expressions
Third M1, independent, for solving for their t (must have used two
expressions etc.)
Second A1 for t = 1 (or t = ½)
Third A1 for h = 4.9
N.B. See alternative below where t is eliminated:
h = 12 gt 2 B1
=
h 7.35(t − 12 ) + 12 g (t − 12 ) 2 M1A1
=h 7.35( 2h
g − 12 ) + 12 g ( 2h
g − 12 ) 2 DM1
h= 7.35 2h
g − 3.675 + 4.9( 2gh − 2h
g + 0.25) A1
h = 4.9 M1 A1
5.
=R X sin α + 2 g cos α M1 A2
X cos α − F − 2 g sin α =2 ×1.45 M1 A2
F = 0.5R B1
Eliminating R: solving for X DM1;DM1
X = 45 A1
10
NOTES
Question 5
First M1 for resolving perp to the plane..
Second M1 for resolving parallel to the plane.
Second A2 for a correct equation; -1 each error. (Allow F at this stage)
B1 for F = ½ R
Third M1 dependent on previous two M’s for eliminating R.
Fourth M1 dependent on previous M for solving for X
Third A1 for X = 45.
6. (a) x is greatest when rod is about to tip about B i.e. RA = 0 (can be implied) B1
M ( B), 2W ( x − 2l ) =
W 12 l M1 A1
x = 2.25l DM1 A1 (5)
(b)
Use of RA = 2W in an equation M1
M ( B), 2W (2l − x) + W 12 l =
2W .2l M1 A1 A1
A1 (5)
x = 0.25l
10
NOTES
Question 6(a)
B1 for x greatest when R A = 0 (usually implied in moments equation) or
correct use of R A ≥ 0.
First M1 for an equation in x and l ONLY (usually moments about B but
could come from two equations). Allow if there is W (uncancelled) in
each term. (M0 if R A term included unless it subsequently becomes zero)
First A1 for a correct equation –again allow even if W has not been
cancelled.
Second M1, dependent on previous M, for solving for x in terms of l.
Second A1 for x = 2.25l.
N.B. If ‘l’ omitted consistently and then inserted at end award full marks.
If not inserted then can score max B1M1A0M1A0
Question 6(b) Scheme change
First M1 for use of R A = 2W in any equation (vertical resolution or

moments) or for correct use of R A ≤ 2W .
Second M1 for an equation in x and l ONLY (usually moments about B
but could come from two equations). Allow if there is W (uncancelled) in
each term.
A2 for the equation, again allow even if W has not been cancelled,
-1 each error.
Third A1 for x = 0.25l.
N.B. If ‘l’ omitted consistently and then inserted at end award full marks.
If not inserted then can score max M1M1A0A0A0.
7 (a)
30 m s −1
108 ×1000/3600 = M1 A1 (2)
(b)
30
B1 shape
DB1 ft figs
480 (2)
M1 A2
12000 =2 × 30(480 + 480 − 4T )
1
(c)
T = 40 A1
M1 A1 (6)
10
NOTES
Question 7(a)
M1 for 108 x 1000/3600 oe
A1 for 30
Question 7(b)
First B1 for trapezium (B0 for triangle), from the origin, finishing on the
t-axis.
Second dependent B1 ft on their ‘30’ and 480 or 108 and (8/60 oe).
Question 7(c)
First M1 for clear attempt at equating total area under a trapezium to
distance travelled oe (equation must include at least one ‘1/2’) to give
equation in ONE unknown.
A2 for a correct equation , -1 each error. N.B. Repeated use of an
incorrect v from part (a) is ONE error.
Third A1 for T = 40 (or 120)
N.B. (First M1 only for ½(480 + x).30 = 12000
First A1 for 480 – x = 160; Second A1 if they divide 160 in ratio 1:3)
(First M0 if they use s = the full distance in any single suvat equation)
Second M1 (independent) for a complete method to find a.
Fourth A1 for 0.75
8 (a) For B: M1 A1 (2)
(b) R = 3mg ; F=m R B1 ; B1
M1 A1ft
T − F = 3m × 0.5
2mg − T = 2m × 0.5 M1 A1 ft
DM1
Solving for µ
A1 (8)
µ = 0.58 or 0.582
(c) v = 12 × 2 = 1 B1 ft
− m 3mg =
3ma
M1
0= 12 − 2 µ gs M1
s = 0.0877 (.0.09 or better)

A1
, DM1A1 cso
(6)
16
NOTES
Question 8(a)
First M1 for a complete method to find a. M0 if s =1.3 is used
First A1 for a =0.5
Question 8(b)
First B1 for R = 3mg
Second B1 for F = µR seen (could be on diagram)
First M1 for resolving horizontally for A (this M mark can be scored if
they just use m for mass but M0 if no mass used)
First A1ft on their a, for correct equation. (allow F)
Second M1 for resolving vertically for B (this M mark can be scored if
they just use m for mass but M0 if no mass used)
Second A1ft on their a, for correct equation.
(Allow M2A2 for ‘whole system’ equation but M0 if not using 5m)
Third M1 dependent on both previous M marks for solving for µ
N.B. If m omitted consistently throughout (b), can score max
B0B1M1A0M1A0M1A0
Question 8(c)
B1 ft for (their a x 2) oe to find v
First M1 for resolving horizontally for A with T = 0
Second M1 for a complete method (must have found a new ‘a’) to find
distance moved by A.
First A1 for 0.09 or better (0.087719..)
Third M1, dependent on first and second M marks, for comparison with
0.3 or 1.3 (Must explicitly refer to either 0.3 or 1.3 or an appropriate
equivalent)
Second A1 cso for does not reach pulley.
Summer 2015

in Mechanics 1 (WME01/01)
occupational and specific programmes for employers. For further information visit our
qualifications websites at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively, you can
get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page at
progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of learning, for all
kinds of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for
over 150 years, and by working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an
international reputation for our commitment to high standards and raising achievement
through innovation in education. Find out more about how we can help you and your
students at: www.pearson.com/uk
Summer 2015

mark the first candidate in exactly the same way as they mark the last.

rewarded for what they have shown they can do rather than penalised for
omissions.



the mark scheme.

limited.

‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


time it occurs.
the question.
HL Hooke’s Law

Question Scheme Marks Notes
Number
1.  2i  3aj +  2ai  bj +  bi  4 j = 0 M1 Use of resultant force = 0 (Seen or implied)
2a  b  2  0; 3a  b  4  0 M1 In an equation involving all three forces once and once
only, compare i or j components to form an equation in a
and b. Allow with i or j.  i   j is M0
A1 Two correct scalar equations. No i/j
a  2; b  2 DM1 Solve simultaneous equations to find a or b.
Dependent on the previous M1
A1 a correct
A1 b correct
6
2(a) 2mu – km3u  2m 12 u  kmv M1 Conservation of momentum. Must have all four terms
but condone sign errors and consistent omission of m or
g included in all terms
 3u  kv  3ku  A2,1,0 -1 for each error. All correct A1A1, one error A1A0,
two or more errors A0A0
3u 3u A1 Correct expression for v or for kv or for k
v  (1  k ) or k 
k v  3u
v  0  M1 Correct inequality for their v
 k  1 * A1 Reach given answer correctly
(6)
(b) I  2m( 12 u  u ) M1 Impulse = change in momentum for A or for B. Condone

sign errors.
A1 Correct unsimplified expression in terms of m and u.
Allow +/-
 3mu A1 Correct answer only.
(3)
9
3(a) 5.5  12 a.22 M1 Complete method using suvat equations to form an
equation in a only
 a  2.75 A1
(2)
(b) R  30sin +2gcos M1 Resolve perpendicular to the plane to find an expression
for R. Must have all terms. Condone sign errors and
sin/cos confusion.
A2 -1 each error. All correct A1A1, one error A1A0, two or
more errors A0A0 ( R  33.68 )
 F  30cos   2 g sin   2 a M1 Equation of motion parallel to the plane with a or their a.
Must have all terms. Condone sign errors and sin/cos
confusion.
A2 -1 each error ( F  6.74 )
30 cos   2 g sin   5.5 DM1 Use F   R

30sin +2gcos Dependent on the 2 previous M marks
 0.200 or 0.20 A1 Do not accept 0.2
(8)
10
4. M1 1
Use s  ut  at 2 or a complete suvat route to find h in
2
terms of t
h  12 gt 2 A1 h  12 g  t  1 .
2
Or
The expression for time used in the first equation defines the
expression expected in the second equation.
h  19.6(t  1)  12 g (t  1)2 A1  1 
Or h  19.6(t )  12 g (t ) 2 or h  4.9   9.8t  gt 2 
 2 
1
2 gt 2  19.6(t  1)  12 g (t  1) 2 M1 Equate the two expressions for h.
DM1 Solve for t. Dependent on the previous M1.
t  1.5 A1 Using the "Or" approach gives t  0.5
h  11 m or 11.0 m A1 Accept 2 or 3 s.f. only
7
5(a) B1 shape
v
17
B1 rel grad - RHS steeper than LHS

B1 17 and 170 shown
0
170 t
(3)
(b) T ;2T B1 Correct ratios of times for acceleration and deceleration
seen or implied.
170  (170  3T ) M1 Form an equation for total distance with their times
17  2125
2
1 1
Or  T1  17  17(170  T1  T2 )  17  T2  2125
2 2
17
Or 2125  170  T '
2
A2 -1 each error
T  30 A1 Use their equation and the correct ratio to find the value
Or T1  T2  90 for time decelerating or the total of time accelerating and
decelerating
M1 Use of v  u  at or equivalent
decel 
17
oe
A1  
0.56 3sf or better. Must be positive.
30
(7)
10

Number
6(a) M1 Resolve vertically to form an equation in Rc or RD .
All terms required. Condone sign errors.
2T  T  6 g  15 g A1 1
Correct unsimplified equation ( R  R  6 g  15 g )
2
2T  14 g  137 N or 140 N A1
(3)
(b) M1 Take moments - all terms must be present and of the
correct structure. Form an equation with one unknown
length.
M(A) 15g AX  6g x 2 = (2T x 1.5) + 4T  7T A2 -1 each error. Follow their T
M(B) 15 gd  6 g  2  2T  2.5 NB: Use of the correct reactions the wrong way round is
M(c of m) 2T  0.5  15 gd  2  T one error.
M(C) 6 g  0.5  15 g  x  1.5   T  2.5
15 g  147, 6 g  58.8, 12 g  117.6 
M1 Substitute for T and solve for AX
AX  37
15 m = 2.5 m (or better) A1 2.46
(5)
NB: If you see parts (a) and (b) merged, award the 8 marks as
bM1 for the first moments equation
bA2 for the equation correct
aM1 for a second moments equation and an attempt to solve for RC
aA1 for the second equation correct
aA1 for the reaction correct
bM1 and bA1 as above
(c) M (C ), 15g YC = 6g x 0.5 M1 Requires both terms present and of the correct structure.
No additional terms (Using RC  21g , RB  0 )
YC = 0.2 m A1
AY  1.3 m A1
(4) See over for Alt (c)
12
Alt (c) M(A): 15 gAY  6 g  2  1.5  21g M1 Requires all terms present and of the correct structure.
No additional terms
A2 Correct unsimplified equation -1 each error
AY  1.3 m A1
(4)
Alt (c) M(C): 6 g  0.5  15 g 1.5  AY  M1
A2 -1 each error
AY  1.3 m A1
(4)
7. (2i  9 j)  (3i  3j) M1 Use of v  u   at  seen or implied

 (5i  12 j) A1
k (5  12 )  2.6
2 2 2 2
(k  1/ t ) M1 Use magnitude = 2.6 = k a (linking 2.6 & 13)
c  5x0.2  1 A1
d  12x0.2  2.4 A1
(5)
8(a) R  mg B1 Forces acting vertically on P
F  0.5 R B1 Use of F   R
M1 One equation of motion. Requires all terms but condone
sign errors
4mg  T  4ma A1
M1 A second equation of motion of P. Requires all terms
but condone sign errors
T  F   ma A1 Signs of a must be consistent
Condone use of 4mg  F  5ma in place of either of the
above equations.
4mg  0.5mg  5ma DDM1 Solve for T
or 4mg  T  4T  2mg Dependent on the two preceding M marks
a  0.7 g
T  1.2mg A1
(8)
(b) v 2  2 x 0.7gh M1 Complete method to an equation in v or v2

v  1.4 gh * A1 Obtain given answer or exact equivalent from exact
working with no errors seen.
(2)
(c)  0.5mg  ma ' M1 Complete method to find the deceleration of P
 a '   0.5 g A1
M1 Complete method to find additional distance on terms of
h  a  0.7 g , a  g 
02  1.4 gh  2 x 0.5 g x d A1 Correctly substituted equation. Follow their
a  0.7 g , a  g .
d  1.4h A1
Hence, length of string is greater than 1.4h  h  2.4h A1 Obtain given answer with no errors seen. Their
statement needs to reflect the inequality.
(6)
16
January 2016

in Mechanics 1 (WME01)
January 2016

the last.
may be limited.
 When examiners are in doubt regarding the application of the
mark scheme to a candidate’s response, the team leader must be
consulted.
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


time it occurs.
the question.
HL Hooke’s Law

Number
1(a) For truck: D  600  400  2400 x 0.5 M1 A1
D  2200N
A1 (3)
(b) For both: D  600  ( M  2400) x 0.5 (or trailer: 600 - 200 = M x0.5) M1 A1
M  800 M  800
A1 (3)
(c) Truck and trailer have same acceleration. B1 (1)

7
Notes
Can mark (a) and (b) ‘together’ if it helps the candidate, provided no wrong working
seen.
1(a) M1 for NL2 for truck only (or for a complete method if they find M first), with
correct no. of terms, in D only. (M0 if 600 or 400 is replaced by 200)
First A1 for a correct equation .
.
1(b) M1 for NL2 for whole system or trailer only, with correct no. of terms.
First A1 for a correct equation. (Allow ‘D’ or their D)
Second A1 for 800.
N.B. In both parts of this question use the mass which is being used in their
equation to guide you as to which part of the system is being considered.
1(c) B0 if extras included. E.g if ‘tension is same’ is included.
B1 Must include ‘truck and trailer’ or ‘both particles’ or ‘accln is same throughout
the system’
B0 for ‘accln is same’
Number
2(a) ForP : 33
5 mu  2m(vP  4u) M1 A1
vP  0.7u due E dM1 A1 (4)
ForQ : 33
5 mu  3m(vQ  u) M1 A1
(b)
vQ  1.2u due E dM1 A1 (4)
Notes
2(a)
(c)
2(b) First M1 for attempt at impulse = difference in momenta, for Q only, (i.e. must be
using 3m and u). M0 if g’s are included on RHS
First A1 for either 33/5 mu = 3m(vQ - -u) or 33/5 mu = 3m(-vQ - -u) oe
Second dM1 for answer c/5 u, where c is an integer, oe
Second A1 for 1.2u oe due E (or ‘reversed’ or ‘original direction of P)
But A0 if just ‘changed’ or ‘to the right’ or ‘in positive direction’
2(b) First M1 for attempt at CLM equation, with correct no. of terms,
dimensionally correct, with their vP substituted.
ALT Allow consistent extra g’s and cancelled m’s and sign errors but masses and
velocities must be correctly matched.
First A1 for 2m.4u – 3mu = 2m.0.7u + 3m vQ oe or
2m.4u – 3mu = 2m.0.7u - 3m vQ oe
Second dM1 for answer c/5 u, where c is an integer, oe
Second A1 for 1.2u oe due E
2(a) They may find vQ first, then

First M1 for attempt at CLM equation, with correct no. of terms,
ALT dimensionally correct, with their vQ substituted.
Allow consistent extra g’s and cancelled m’s and sign errors but masses and
velocities must be correctly matched.
First A1 for 2m.4u – 3mu = 2mvP + 3m x 1.2u oe or
2m.4u – 3mu = - 2mvP + 3m x 1.2u oe
Second dM1 for answer k/10 u, where k is an integer, oe
Second A1 for 0.7u oe due E (or unchanged)
Number
3 F  0.2R B1
R  T sin 30  8g
o M1 A1
F  T cos 30 o M1 A1
0.2(8g  T sin 30 )  T cos 30
o o ddM1
dM1 A1
T  16 N or 16.2 N
8
Notes
B1 for F = 0.2R or F = µR and µ = 0.2, seen (could just be on a diagram).
First M1 for resolving vertically with correct no. of terms and T resolved (allow
missing g).
Second M1 for resolving horizontally with correct no. of terms and T resolved.
(M0 if there is an ‘ma’ term which does not subsequently disappear.)
Third ddM1 (dependent on both previous M’s) for producing an equation in T
only.
Fourth dM1 (dependent on previous M) for solving for T
Third A1 for T =16 (N) or 16.2 (N) No other answers.
Number
4(a) 02  11.22  2 gd M1 A1
d  6.4 A1
max ht.  3.6  6.4  10 m A1
(4)
11.2 2  u 2  2g x 3.6 M1
ALT u  14 A1
0  14  2gh
2 2 A1
A1 (4)
h  10 m
(b) 1 M1 A1
10 = gt 2
2
10 A1
t
7
dM1 A1
10 (5)
Total  2x  2.9 or 2.86
7
(c) v B1 single line

dB1 V < -11.2
B1 11.2
11.2 B1 1.1(4)
O 1.1(4) t
(4)
V
13
Notes
4(a) M1 for a complete method to find d (d = distance from A to top)
First A1 for a correct equation in d only.
Second A1 for d = 6.4
Third A1 for 6.4 + 3.6 = 10 (m)
M1 for a complete method (must have 2nd equation) to find h

ALT First A1 for u = 14
Second A1 for correct 2nd equation
Third A1 for h = 10 (m)
4(b) First M1 for a complete method to find an intermediate time (A to top or A to O)

First A1 for a correct equation or equations.
Second A1 for any intermediate time (e.g. AtTOP = 8/7 , AtO = 2/7 , AtO = 18/7, AtA =
16/7)
Second dM1 for a complete method to find the total time.
Third A1 for 2.9 or 2.86 (s) No other final answers.
For a complete method which does not involve an intermediate time e.g find u
(=14) at O, then use u to find the whole time:
First dM1 dependent on 2nd M1, for finding u

First A1 for u = 14
Second M1 for: 0 = 14t – 1/2gt2 or -14 = 14 – gt
Second A1
Third A1 for t =2.86 or 2.9
4(c) First B1 for a SINGLE straight line (N.B. If they have a continuous vertical line as
well, give B0), with –ve gradient, starting on +ve v-axis (at A say) and crossing
the t-axis. (at B say).
SC: A single str. line, with –ve gradient, which starts at (2/7, 11.2) (clearly
marked) can score a max B1B1B0B0.
Second dB1, dependent on first B1, for the line finishing at C say, with AB < BC if
no scale, or at v = V ,where V < -11.2 , if marked.
Third B1 (independent) for their (possibly first) line starting at (0,11.2)
Fourth B1 (independent) for 1.1(4) (allow 8/7 if over accuracy already penalised
elsewhere) marked correctly (line may not cross the axis and there may be more
than one line)
N.B. Line may be reflected in t-axis, with appropriate adjustments to marks.
Number
5(a) T1 T2
2.2 m
A G B
40 N 120 N
(i) M (B), 4T1  120 x 1.8 + 40(4  x)

M1 A1
T1  94  10x A1
(ii) M (A), 4T2  120 x 2.2 + 40x M1 A1

T2  66  10x A1 (6)
(b) 94  10x  84
x 1 M1
66  10x  84
M1
x  1.8 A1 both CV
1  x  1.8 A1 (4)
10
Notes
5(a)(i) First M1 for a complete method to find an equation in TA and x only.
First A1 for a correct equation in TA and x only.
Second A1 for 94 – 10x
Second M1 for a complete method to find an equation in TB and x only.
(ii) First A1 for a correct equation in TB and x only.
Second A1 for 66 + 10x
5(b) First M1 for their TA ≤ 84 or = 84 or < 84 to give equation or inequality in x only.

(> 84 is M0)
Second M1 for their TB ≤ 84 or = 84 or < 84 to give equation or inequality in x
only. (> 84 is M0)
First A1 for both critical values of x, 1 and 1.8 SEEN.
Second A1 1 ≤ x ≤ 1.8 or 1 ≤ x AND x ≤ 1.8 or [1, 1.8]
Number

6(a) PQ  (7i  5 j)  (5i  3j)  (2i  8 j) M1
PQ  2  8  68  8.2 or better

2 2
M1 A1 (3)
(b) rP  (5i  3j)  t(2i  5 j)  (2t  5)i  (5t  3)j M1 A1

(2)
(c) rQ  (7i  5 j)  t(3i 15 j)  (7  3t)i  (5 15t)j A1 (1)
(d) (2t  5)  (7  3t)  t  2

5
M1 A1
(5t  3)  (5  15t)  t  2
5 M1 A1
time is 2.24 pm Allow just t = 0.4 A1 (5)
(e) rP  (5.8i  j) M1 A1 (2)
13
Notes
Allow column vectors throughout.
6(a) First M1 for clear attempt to subtract in either order. Condone missing brackets.
Second M1 for attempt to find magnitude of their PQ or QP
A1 √68, 2√17 or 8.2 or better
(b) M1 for (either rP or rQ ) a clear attempt at: (M0 if they use (t + 2))
rP  (5i  3j)  t(2i  5 j)  (2t  5)i  (5t  3)j
A1 if correct (i’s and j’s do not need to be collected.)
(c) A1 for rQ  (7i  5 j)  t(3i 15 j)  (7  3t)i  (5 15t)j

(d) First M1 for equating coefficients of i (coeffs. of form a + bt)
First A1 for t = 2/5
Second M1 for equating coefficients of j (coeffs. of form a + bt)
Second A1 for t = 2/5
Third A1 for 2.24 (pm) , dependent on both previous M marks
(e) This answer must appear in part (e).
M1 for substituting their t value (allow even if they have only equated coefficients
once to obtain it) into their rP or rQ expression
A1 for rP  (5.8i  j)
Number
7(a) T  F  2a M1 A1 (2)
(b)
5gsin   T  5a M1 A1 (2)
(c) R  2g B1
B1
F  14 R
5g
a  3.5 ms 2 M1 A1
14
A1 (5)
T  11.9 N or 12 N
(d) v 2  2 x 3.5 x 0.5 = 3.5 M1 A1 ft
(  )  0.5g  2a  a   0.25g (  2.45) M1 A1
0  3.5  2(  2.45)s M1
s 5
7 (0.7142..) A1
d= 1
2  57  17
14 = 1.2 or 1.21 A1 ft (7)
16
Notes
7(a) M1 for N2L for P with correct no. of terms etc.
A1 for a correct equation
(b) M1 for N2L for Q with correct no. of terms etc.
A1 for a correct equation
(c) First B1 for R = 2g
Second B1 for F = ¼ R seen, possibly on a diagram
First M1 for eliminating T or a and solving for T or a but must have had two
equations, each in T and a.
(i) First A1 for 5g/14 or 3.5 or 7/2 (ms-2)
(ii) Second A1 for 17g/14 , 11.9 or 12 (N)
(d) First M1 for a complete method for finding v or v2 when the string breaks.
First A1 ft for a correct expression (may not be evaluated), ft on their accln
Second M1 for N2L for P
Second A1 for a correct value of a (may not be negative)
Third M1 (Must have found a deceleration using N2L and a value for v or v2) for a
complete method to find distance moved by P
Third A1 for a correct distance (s) cao.
Fourth A1 ft for (their s + 0.5)
N.B. For both third and fourth A marks, allow a fraction or any number of decimal
places, since g cancels.
Summer 2016

Mechanics 1
(WME01/01)
www.edexcel.com.

Summer 2016
 Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for

 There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should be

used appropriately.
 All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners
 Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced it with
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


time it occurs.
the question.
HL Hooke’s Law

Question Marks Notes
Scheme
Number
76  4u  12 a.42 Use of s  ut 
1 2
at for t  4, s  76 and
 
1. 1 M1 2
or 76  u  u  4a  4 u  0 (use of u  0 is M0)
2
(38  2u  4a) Correctly substituted equation
A1
295  10u  12 a.102 Use of s  ut 

1 2
at for t  10, s  295
 
1 2
or 295  u  u  10a 10 1 2
M1
2 or s  ut  at for t  6, s  219, u  u
1 2
or 295   u  10a  10  a 100
2
(59  2u  10a) Correctly substituted equation
1
or 219  19  2a   6  a  62
2
1
or 219   38  u   6  a  62
2
1 A1
or 219   u  4a   6  a  62
2
1

or 219  u  4a  u  10  6
2

1
or 219  (u  10a)  6  a  36
2
Solve simultaneous for u or for a
This marks is not available if they have
DM1
assumed a value for u or a in the preceding
work - it is dependent on the first 2 M marks
u  12
A1
a  3.5
A1
[7]
76 219 Find the speed at t  2, t  7

1 Alt
t  2, v2   19 t  7, v7   36.5 M1
4 6 A1 Both values correct
Averages with no links to times is M0
M1 Use of v  u  5a with their u,v
36.5  19  5a  a  3.5
A1 Correct a
DM1 Complete method for finding u

19  u  2a
A1 Correct equation in u
u  19  7  12 A1
Scheme
Number
Use of CLM
mu  2kmu   mu  kmu
1
2
OR Equal and opposite impulses
Need all 4 terms dimensionally correct.
2.(a) 1  M1
OR m  u  u   km  u  2u  Masses and speeds must be paired correctly
2  Condone sign errors
Condone factor of g throughout.
Unsimplified equation with at most one error
A1
Correct unsimplified equation

A1
k  12 A1 From correct working only
(4)
Impulse on P or impulse on Q.
Mass must be used with the correct speeds
For P : I   m( 12 u  u ) 1
e.g. km  u is M0
2.(b) M1 2
For Q : I   km(u  2u )
If working on Q, allow equation using their k.
Terms must be dimensionally correct.
Use of g is M0
3mu Only
A1 From correct working only
2
(2)
[6]
Scheme
Number
72  2 x 9.8h Use of v 2  u 2  2as with u  0, v  7
3.(a) M1 or alternative complete method to find h.
h  2.5 Condone h  2.5 in the working but the final
A1 answer must be positive.
(2)
9 x 7 = 10.5 u Use CLM to find the speed of the blocks after
3.(b) M1 the impact. Condone additional factor of g
throughout.
u6
A1
02  62  2a x 0.12 Use of v 2  u 2  2as with u  6, v  0

Allow for their u and v  0
M1 Allow for u  7, v  0
Accept alternative suvat method to form an
equation in a.
Condone use of 12 for 0.12
Correctly substituted equation in a with
A1 u  6, s  0.12  implied by a  150 
() 10.5g  R  10.5 x (-a) Use of F  ma with their a  g .

M1 Must have all 3 terms and 10.5
Condone sign error(s)
() 10.5g  R  10.5 x (-150) Unsimplified equation with a substituted and at
A1 most one error
(their a with the wrong sign is 1 error)
Correct unsimplified equation with a
A1 substituted
R  1680 or 1700
A1
(8)
Alternative for the last 6 marks:
1 Energy equation ( needs all three terms)
10.5  62  10.5  9.8  0.12  R  0.12 M2
2
-1 each error
A3 A1A1A0 for 1 error, A1A0A0 for 2 errors
R  1680 or 1700
A1
[10]
Scheme
Number
R
0.6 m C 1.4 m G 2m B
4.(a) A
S 30 g 50 g
M ( A) (30g x 2) + (50g x 4) = 0.6 S Moments equation. Requires all terms and

M1 dimensionally correct. Condone sign errors.
Allow M1 if g missing
M C   0.6  R   1.4  30g    3.4  50g 
M  G   2  R   1.4  S    2  50g  A1 Correct unsimplified equation
M  B   4  R    2  30 g    3.4  S 
() R  30 g  50 g  S Resolve vertically. Requires all 4 terms.
 R  784  S  M1 Condone sign errors
Correct equation (with R or their R)

A1
NB: The second M1A1 can also be earned for a second moments equation
1060 g (N) Not 353.3g One force correct

R = 3460 or 3500 or A1
3
Both forces correct
1300 g (N) Not 433.3g A1 If both forces are given as decimal multiples of
S  4250 or 4200 or
3 g mark this as an accuracy penalty A0A1
(6)
Use R  5000 and complete method to form
an equation in M or weight. Needs all terms
M (C ) (30g x 1.4) + (Mg x 3.4) = 0.6 x 5000 present and dimensionally correct. Condone
4.(b) M1
sign errors.
Accept inequality.
Use of R and S from (a) is M0
Correct equation in M (not weight)
A1
implied by M  77.68
77.7 is A0 even is the penalty for over-
M  77 kg A1 specified answers has already been applied
(3)
4.(c) The weight of the diver acts at a point. B1 Accept “the mass of the diver is at a point”.
(1)
[10]
Scheme
Number
(2i  3j)  ( pi  qj)  ( p  2)i  (q  3) j Resultant force = F1+F2 in the form ai  bj
5.(a) M1
p2 1 p2n Use parallel vector to form a scalar equation in

 or  for n  1 M1 p and q.
q 3 2 q  3  2n 
Correct equation (accept any equivalent form)
A1
4  2 p  3  q Dependent on no errors seen in comparing the
vectors.
DM1 Rearrange to obtain given answer.
At least one stage of working between the
fraction and the given answer
2p q 7  0 Given Answer
A1
(5)
q  11  p  2
5.(b) B1
R  4i  8j
M1
 2  p  i  8j for their p
4i  8j  2a (a  2i  4 j) Use of F  ma
M1
a  22  42 DM1
Correct method for a
Dependent on the preceding M1
2
 20 = 4.5 or 4.47 or better (m s ) A1 2 5
(5)
Alternative for the last two M marks:
F  16  64  80   M1 Correct method for F
80  2  a DM1 Use of F  m a
Dependent on the preceding M1
[10]
Scheme
Number
v  u  at  14  3.5a M1
Use of suvat to form an equation in a
6.(a)
a4 A1(2)
v Graph for A or B
6.(b) B1
B
Second graph correct and both graphs
B1 extending beyond the point of intersection
14 A
Values 3.5, 14, T shown on axes, with T not at

t
B1 the point of intersection. Accept labels with
3.5 T delineators.
(3) NB 2 separate diagrams scores max B1B0B1
Find distance for A or B in terms of T only.
1 (T  T  3.5) 1
6.(c) 2 T .3T , .14 M1 Correct area formulae: must see in area
2 2
formula and be adding in trapezium
A1 One distance correct
A1 Both distances correct

(T  T  3.5)
1
2 T .3T  .14 Equate distances and simplify to a 3 term
2 M1
quadratic in T in the form aT 2  bT  c  0
2 T .3T  2  4  3.5  14 T  3.5
1 1 2
3T 2  28T  49  0 A1 Correct quadratic
M1 Solve 3 term quadratic for T

(3T  7)(T  7)  0
T  73 or 7
Correct solution(s) - can be implied if only
A1
ever see T  7 from correct work.
but T  3.5, T  7
A1 (8)
73.5 m From correct work only. B0 if extra answers.
6.(d) B1 (1)
6.(e) B1 (A) Condone missing 4
4 (A)
(B) Condone graph going beyond T  7
B1
Must go beyond 3.5. Condone no 3.
3 (B)
(A) Condone graph going beyond T  7
Must go beyond 3.5. B0 if see a solid
B1
vertical line.
(A) (3)
O
3.5
Sometimes very difficult to see. If you think it
is there, give the mark.
Condone separate diagrams.
[17] See next page
Alternative for (c) for candidates with a sketch Treat as a special case.
like this:
v B1B1B0 on the graph and then max 5/8 for (c)
if they do not solve for the T in the question.
3T B B1
B1
14 A
B0
t
3.5 T
1
 3  T  3.5   4  3.52  14T
1 2
2 M1 Use diagram to find area
2
12T 2  28T  49  0
M1 Simplify to a 3 term quadratic in T
A1 Correct quadratic
Complete method to solve for the T in the

(2T  7)(6T  7)  0 M1
question
T  72 or 7
6 Correct solution(s) - can be implied if only
A1
ever see Total  7
Total time  7 A1
(8)
Scheme
Number
F  0.25R B1
7.(a)
sin   53 or cos  4
5
Use of correct trig ratios for  or 
B1
sin   4
5 or cos  53
R  4 g cos (31.36) Normal reaction on P
M1 Condone trig confusion (using  )
Correct equation
A1
Equation of motion for P. Requires all 3 terms.

T  F  4 g sin  Condone consistent trig confusion
M1 Condone an acceleration not equated to 0 :
T  F  4 g sin   4a
T  7.84  23.52 T  15.68 A1
Correct equation
Equation of motion for Q

T  mg sin  Condone trig confusion
M1 Condone an acceleration not equated to 0:
T  mg sin   ma
T  7.84m A1
Correct equation
Solve for m Dependent on the 3 preceding M marks

DM1
Not available if their equations used a  0
m2 A1
NB Condone a whole system equation 4 g sin   F  mg sin  followed by m  2 for 6/6
M2 for an equation with all 3 terms. Condon trig confusion. Condone an acceleration  0
A2 (-1 each error) for a correct equation:
(10)
7.(b) T Complete method for finding F in terms of T
F  T 2  T 2 or 2T cos 45 or M1
 Rh    Rv 
2 2
cos 45 Accept
Correct expression in T
A1
Substitute their T into a correct expression
DM1 Dependent on the previous M mark
8g Watch out - resolving vertically is not a correct

F 2 = 22 or 22.2  N  A1 method and gives 21.9 N.
5
(4)
7.(c) Along the angle bisector at the pulley Or equivalent - accept angle + arrow shown on
B1 (1) diagram. ( 8.1 to downward vertical)
Do not accept a bearing
[15]
January 2017
Pearson Edexcel International A Levels in

Mechanics 1(WME01/01)
occupational and specific programmes for employers. For further information visit our
qualifications websites at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively, you can
get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page at
progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of learning, for all
kinds of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for
over 150 years, and by working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an
international reputation for our commitment to high standards and raising achievement
through innovation in education. Find out more about how we can help you and your
students at: www.pearson.com/uk
January 2017
• All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners must mark the first
• Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for what
they have shown they can do rather than penalised for omissions.
appropriately.
• All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners should
always award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark scheme.
Examiners should also be prepared to award zero marks if the candidate’s
response is not worthy of credit according to the mark scheme.
• Where some judgement is required, mark schemes will provide the principles by
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

obtain this mark
5. For misreading which does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it,
deduct two from any A or B marks gained, in that part of the question affected.


• Rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dimensionally correct; all terms that need

time it occurs.
the question.
• Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it,
HL Hooke’s Law

Question
Scheme Marks
Number
15 m s-1
0.5 m s-2 0.25 m s-2

1a
R
t1 t2 S
200 s
Use of v= u + at to find t1 or t2 M1
t1 =15 ÷ 0.5 =30 (s) OR t2 = 15 ÷ 0.25 =60 A1
Total time = 30 + 200 + 60 = 290 (s) A1 cso
(3)
Use area/ suvat to find distance:

1 1
1b distance = × 30 ×15 + 200 ×15 + × 60 ×15 M1A2 ft
2 2
Follow their t1 & t2
= 3675 (m) (3.675 km) A1
(4)
their(b)
1c Ave. speed = M1
their(a)
= oe (m s-1) (12.6724..) A1
(2)
[9]
Notes
M1 for use of v = u +at or gradient or any other complete method to
1a
find a value for t1 or t2 (condone sign errors)
First A1 for either 30 or 60 (A0 if negative )
Second A1 for 290 with no errors seen
M1 for a complete method to find distance (must have a ½ ) either by

1b
using trapezium rule or by using 2 triangles and a rectangle
A2 ft on their t1 & t2 (-1 each error)
A1 for 3675 (m) or 3.675 km
their(b)
1c M1 for =
their(a)
A1 for 13 or better
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Accept column vectors throughout
2a Use of F = ma : 2i + 3 j =
0.5a M1
-2
a= 4i + 6 j (m s ) A1
(2)
2b Use of v = u + 3a with their a M1

= 16i + 18 j A1
= 162 + 182
Use of Pythagoras: speed M1
= √580 or 24 (m s-1) or better A1
(4)
2c In component form: M1
4 + 4T =2 × 6T M1
1
T= A1
2
(3)
[9]
Notes
2a M1 for use for F = ma :
A1 for (m s-2) isw if magnitude found.
First M1 for with their ( but M0 if they use 2i + 3j

2b
(the force) instead of a)
First A1 for 16i + 18 j seen or implied
Second M1 for finding magnitude of their v
Second A1 for 24 or better (24.0831…) or √580
First M1 for with their ( but M0 if they use 2i + 3j

2c
(the force) instead of a)
Second independent M1 for a correct method to give an equation in T
(t) only using their v
A1 for (T) = ½
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6N
O P
120°
7N
Q
Method 1 Horizontal component (N) M1A1

Vertical component (N) M1A1
Use Pythagoras: (N) or better M1A1
Use trig: angle = (below P ) or better

M1A1
0 0 0
Also allow 112 , 292 or 248
(8)
θ 60°
Alt R
7
Cosine rule to find R : R 2 = 36 + 49 − 2 × 6 × 7 × cos 60 (= 43) M2 A2

R = 6.6 (N) or better M1 A1
Solve Sine rule for θ : M1
= or better
0 0 0 A1
Also allow 112 or 292 or 248
[8]
Notes
First M1 for attempt, allow sin/cos confusion, to find component parallel
Method 1
to P
Second M1 for attempt, allow sin/cos confusion to find component perp
to P
Third M1 for using Pythag to find magnitude of R
Third A1 for √43, 6.6 (N) or better
Fourth M1 for complete method to find angle (M0 if 6 used for ‘horiz’
cpt)
Fourth A1 for 68o or better (67.589089…) 1120 or 2920 or 2480
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Notes
First M2 for use of cosine rule with correct structure but allow cos120o
Alt and allow R2
First A2 for a correct equation. (A0 if 120o used)
Third M1 for solving for R
Third A1 for √43, 6.6 (N) or better
Fourth M1 for complete method (e.g. sine rule) to find angle between
their R and P
Fourth A1 for 68o or better
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
RC RD
8m
C D
4a A B
1.5 m 2m
8g 20g
Moments about D: OR
M1A1
Resolve: RC + RD = 28 g
152
(i) = RC = g ( 166 or 170 ) A1
9
Moments about C: 20 g × 2.5 = RD × 4.5 OR Resolve: RC + RD =
28 g M1A1
100
(ii) = RD = g ( 109 or 110 ) A1
9
(6)
R 2R
8m
C D
4b A B
1.5 m 2m
20g
x
8g
Moments about A: R ×1.5 + 2 R × 6= 20 g × 4 + 8 g × x M1A1

 28 
Resolve: 3R = 28 g ,= R = g ( 91.5 )  M1A1
 3 
27 28
Substitute for R and solve for x: × g = 80 g + 8 g × x M1
2 3
126= 80 + 8x , 8 x = 46 , x = 5.75 (m) A1
(6)
4c The weight of the package acts at point C (or E) B1 (1)

[13]
Notes
N.B. In both parts, enter marks on ePen for the equations as they appear
BUT in part (a) second A1 is for RC and fourth A1 is for RD
Remember to only penalise overaccuracy, after use of g, ONCE per

whole question
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Omission of g is an A error in this part.
If answers are given as decimal multiples of g, penalise once
If answers given as (fraction x g), fraction must be ratio of two integers
First M1 for any moments equation (even if it contains both reactions) or

vertical resolution
4a 152
Second A1 for = RC = g ( 166 or 170 )
9
Second M1 for another moments equation (even if it contains both
reactions) or vert resolution
100
Fourth A1 for= RD = g ( 109 or 110 )
9
Notes
N.B. Consistent omission of g can score full marks in this part.
If they use the values of the reactions from part(a), no marks for
part b.
If R and 2R reversed, can score max M1A1 (vert res) M1A0 (mom about
C or D) M1A0
4b
First M1 for a moments equation in R and x only (x may not be AE)
e.g. M(A) R ×1.5 + 2 R × 6= 20 g × 4 + 8 g × x
Second M1 for another moments equation in R and x only or vert
resolution in R only
Third M1 for solving for AE
Third A1 for 5.75 (m) (Must be EXACT)
4c
Mass or wt of package is or acts at (point) C (or E)
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
u
2u
5a
Before km After km
Attempt at difference in momenta for Q

M1
= A1
Magnitude = 3kmu A1
(3)
3u u
P Q
5b 4m km
2u 2u
First case e.g. P continues in the same direction

M1A1
CLM: 4m × 3u − km × u = 4m × 2u + km × 2u OR
A1
3u u
P Q
4m km
2u 2u
Second case e.g. P changes direction

M1
CLM: 4m × 3u − km × u =−4m × 2u + km × 2u OR
A1
(5)
[8]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Notes
M1 for clear attempt at difference in momenta for Q only (M0 if mass
5a omitted or if g’s included or if clearly adding) in terms of k, m and u
only.
First A1 for
Second A1 for 3kmu
5b N.B. Mark the ‘better’ equation out of 3
First M1 for an equation in k, m and u only, dim. correct with correct no.
of terms (4 if using CLM, or 3 if using impulse from part (a)) condone
sign errors
Second A1 for a correct value of k
Second M1 for another equation (N.B. Must clearly have P now moving
in the opposite direction to that already considered) in k, m and u only,
dim. correct with correct terms (4 if using CLM, or 3 if using impulse
from part (a)) condone sign errors
Third A1 for the other correct value of k
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
R
F
A
6a
5m
B 4g
30°
Resolve perpendicular to plane: B1

F = 0.3R seen B1
Use of F = ma parallel to plane:
= 4a 4 g sin 30 − F M1A1
=
4a 4 g sin 30 − 0.3 × 4 g cos30 A1
Use of =
v2 ( u + ) 2as :
2
M1
-1
v = 4.9 or 4.85(m s ) A1
(7)
A
6b F
4g
30°
=
Resolve perpendicular to the plane: R 4 g cos 30 + H cos 60 M1A1
Resolve parallel to the plane: H cos 30= F + 4 g sin 30 M1A1
Use of F = 0.3R M1
g (1.2cos30 + 4sin 30 )
Solve for H : H= DM1
cos30 − 0.3cos 60
= 42 or 41.6 A1
(7)
6b alt Resolve vertically: = 4 g + F cos 60
R cos 30 M1A1
Resolve horizontally: =H R cos 60 + F cos30 M1A1
Use of F = 0.3R M1
Solve for H : DM1
H = 42 or 41.6 A1 (7)
N.B. Enter marks on ePen for equations as they appear.

[14]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Notes
6a First B1 for
Second B1 for F = 0.3R seen (could just be on diagram)
First M1 for equation of motion, with usual rules, condone sign errors
First A1 for a correct equation (F not substituted)
Second A1 for a correct equation in a only, without trig ratios
substituted
Second M1 for a complete method for finding v (must have found an a
value)
6b First M1 for a resolution, with usual rules, condone sign errors

Second M1 for another resolution, with usual rules, condone sign errors
Third M1 for use of (i.e. it must appear in an equation) F = 0.3R (N.B.
M0 if using R from part a)
Fourth M1 dependent on first, second and third M’s, for eliminating F
and R and solving for H
Third A1 for 42 or 41.6
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
7a Motion of P: T − 3g =
3a M1
A1
a = 1.4 (m s-2) *Given Answer* A1
(3)
7b Motion of Q: mg − T =ma M1
mg − 33.6 =
1.4m A1
m=4 A1
(3)
1 2 1 M1A1
7c Use of =
s ( ut + ) at : 10.5 = ×1.4 × t 2
2 2
A1
(3)
7d
Use =
v2 ( u + ) 2as to find speed of particles when Q hits ground:
2 M1
v = 2 × 1.4 × 10.5 (= 29.4)

Use v= u + at to find additional time for P to come to rest: DM1
= 0 29.4 − gt
A1
Total time :
(3)
5.4 B1 Shape
DB1 ft
their values
for 5.4,
7e t -5.4,
3.9 4.4
3.9, 4.4 (or
T1 T2)
-5.4 (2)
[14]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Notes
M1 for equation of motion for P with T not substituted, condone sign
errors
7a
First A1 for a correct equation in a only (allow )
Second A1 for given answer (units not needed)
M1 for equation of motion for Q with neither T nor a substituted,
condone sign errors
First A1 for a correct equation in m only
7b Second A1 for m = 4
N.B. Whole system equn: mg – 3g = a(m + 3) may be used
M1 for a complete method to find T1 (M0 if g used)
7c Second A1 for √15, 3.9 or better
v =√29.4 (5.4) may be found in this part but only gets credit if it
appears in part (d)
First M1 for a complete method to find the speed of particles when Q
hits the ground (M0 if using g)
7d Second M1 dependent on first M1for a complete method to find the
additional time for P to come to rest (must be using g)
A1 for 4.4 or 4.43
First B1 (generous) for shape. Graph does not need to go down as far as
it goes up and ignore gradients.
(B0 if it goes outside the range 0 ≤ t ≤ T3 or if a continuous vertical line
7e is included)
Second B1, dependent on first B1, ft on their √29.4, T1 and T2
Allow T1 and T2 entered on the graph (rather than their numerical
values)

Summer 2017

In Mechanics (WME01) Paper 1
www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively, you can get in touch with us using the details
on our contact us page at www.edexcel.com/contactus.
Pearson aspires to be the world’s leading learning company. Our aim is to help everyone progress
in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of learning, for all kinds of people,
wherever they are in the world. We’ve been involved in education for over 150 years, and by
working across 70 countries, in 100 languages, we have built an international reputation for our
commitment to high standards and raising achievement through innovation in education. Find out
more about how we can help you and your students at: www.pearson.com/uk
Summer 2017

the last.
rewarded for what they have shown they can do rather than penalised
for omissions.
may be limited.
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.

 Rules for M marks: correct no. of terms; dimensionally correct; all terms that need resolving (i.e.
multiplied by cos or sin) are resolved.
 DM indicates a dependent method mark i.e. one that can only be awarded if a previous specified
method mark has been awarded.
N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised once per
complete question. However, premature approximation should be penalised every time it occurs.
 In all cases, if the candidate clearly labels their working under a particular part of a question i.e.
(a) or (b) or (c),……then that working can only score marks for that part of the question.
 If a candidate quotes a formula correctly but makes a slip in applying it then the associated M1 is
scored. However, an incorrect substitution with no formula quoted is M0.
 Misreads – if a misread does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it, deduct
two from any A or B marks gained, bearing in mind that after a misread, the subsequent A marks
affected are treated as A ft
HL Hooke’s Law

June 2017 Standardisation
WME01 Mechanics M1
Mark Scheme

1. Vertically: T cos 40  F cos60  5 M1 First equation seen for resolution of forces.
No missing/additional terms
Condone sin/cos confusion and sign error(s)
5g in place of 5 is an accuracy error
T must link with 40 or 50 and F with 60 or 30
A1 Correct equation
Horizontally: T cos50  F cos30 M1 Second equation seen for resolution of forces
Condone sin/cos confusion and sign error(s)
5g in place of 5 is an accuracy error
T must link with 40 or 50 and F with 60 or 30
A1 Correct equation
Perpendicular to line of F:
T cos10  5cos30
Perpendicular to line of T:
F cos10  5cos50
Solve for T or F dM1 Dependent on using equation(s) that scored M
mark(s)
T  4.3969.. N = 4.4 N (or better) A1 One correct
F  3.263.... = 3.3 N(or better) A1 Both correct
[7]
1 alt T
100°
Solution using Lami's theorem
120°
140°
Or a triangle of forces
5 F T 5 5
  One pair including or
sin100 sin140 sin120 M1 sin100 sin 80
Incorrect pairing of forces and angles is M0
A1 Two fractions correct
M1 Second pair of fractions
A1 All correct
Solve for T or F dM1 Dependent on using equation(s) that scored M
mark(s)
T  4.3969.. N = 4.4 N (or better) A1 One correct
F  3.263.... = 3.3 N(or better) A1 Both correct

M(C) 140(a  2)  30(2a  2)  120 x 4 Moments or alternative complete method to
M(G) 50  a  2   30a  120  6  a  form an equation in a only.
Dimensionally correct. Condone sign error(s)
2.(a) M(D) 4  50  30  2a  6   140  6  a  M1 No missing/additional terms
M(B) 140a  120  a  6   50  2a  2  Condone a common factor of g
M(A) 50  2  120  6  140a  30  2a
At most one error
A1
 200a  820 A1
Correct unsimplified equation in a
a  4.1 A1
(4)
(b) (),  2 R  170   R  85 B1
Or a correct second moments equation in their
a to achieve 2 equations in 2 unknowns
M(A) 85  2  85  x  140  a  30  2a Moments equation with equal reactions in a or
M(C) their a. Dimensionally correct.
85  x  2   140   a  2    2a  2   30 No missing/additional terms.
M(G) 85   a  2   30  a  85  x  a  M1 Accept alternative complete method to form an
M(E) 30  2a  x   85  x  2   140  x  a  equation in a different horizontal distance to E
Condone incorrect R, R  120, R  50
M(B) 85   2a  2   85  2a  x   140  a
Condone a common factor of g
A1ft At most one error
Follow their a and their R  120, R  50
Correct unsimplified equation in AE
A1ft
Follow their a and their R  120, R  50
130
AE  m (7.6 m or better) A1
17
If they find a different x, e.g. CE  5.6 and go
no further, they score 4/5.
(5)
[9]
A candidate who has a common factor of g
throughout can score 8/9

3.(a) 4.2  0.5(v  4) M1 Impulse/ momentum equation
Must be using I    mv  mu 
Inclusion of g is M0
v  4.4 ms1 A1 Must be positive - the question asks for the

speed.
(3)
(b) 1 M1 Conservation of momentum.

2  2m   v  m No missing/additional terms.
2
Condone sign errors. Dimensionally correct.
Follow their v
Condone a common factor of g throughout
A1ft Correct equation for one solution.
Follow their v
A1ft Correct unsimplified equation(s) for both
possible solutions.
Follow their v
m  1.4 or 4.2 A1 Need both
OR
4.2  m(1  2) M1 Impulse on Q. Dimensionally correct.

Condone sign errors
A1 Correct equation for one solution
A1 Correct unsimplified equation for both possible

solutions
m  1.4 or 4.2 A1 Need both
(4)
[7]

4(a) I  0.2(7  10) M1 Impulse momentum equation.
Dimensionally correct.
Must be using   mv  mu 
 3.4 N s
A1
(2)
(b) 0  72  2gH M1 Complete method to find max ht
Must be using 7 ( u  10 is M0)
H  2.5 m
A1 Must be positive
(2)
(c) 1  7t  4.9t 2 M1
Complete method to form an equation in t
(using 7)
4.9t 2  7t  1  0 A1
Or equivalent
7  49  19.6 Solve for t (sight of either root  M1)

t dM1 Dependent on previous M1
9.8
 0.16 s or 0.161 s
A1 Final answer (do not ISW) Max 3 s.f.
(4)
(c) alt v 2  49  2 g M1
Find speed when 1 m up and use of suvat to
find t
147
v  7  gt A1 or equivalent
5
Solve for t
dM1
Dependent on previous M1
t  0.16 s or 0.161 s
A1 Final answer (do not ISW) Max 3 s.f.
(4)
[8]

5. (a)
One graph correct shape
40
B1 Both graphs correct shape, on same sketch and
B1 intersecting
25 (with different start times)
B1 Figs 10,20,25,40 shown
(with 20 as the second start time)
10 20
Ignore all vertical lines
(3)
(b)
20 + 10 M1 Complete method
= 30 A1
(2)
(c) 40 25 M1 Complete method to find time when Q reaches

t1  20 10 40 m s-1

 t1  36 A1
Or: 40
Time to reach 40 m s-1 is   16 
2.5
(M1A1)
40
Time from start   20  36
2.5 (seen or implied)
(A1)
M1
Find distance travelled by either train at t  T
(T  T  10)
 25 A1 One correct
2
(T  20  T  36)
 40 A1ft Both correct. Follow their 36
2
Equate and solve for T dM1
T  66 13
A1 Accept 66 or better
(8)
13

6. (a) M1
v  (10i  4 j)  6(2i  3j) Use of v  u  at with t  6
 2i  22 j A1
22 2 Correct use of trig to find a relevant angle for
tan    or tan    M1
2 22 their v
  85o or 5 A1 Seen or implied
bearing is 355o A1
(5)
(b) v  (10i  4 j)  t (2i  3j) M1 Use of v  u  at
  (10  2t )i  (4  3t ) j)  A1 Correct unsimplified
(10  2t )  (4  3t ) DM1 Equate coefficients to give equation in t only
t  1.2 A1
(4)
[9]

7(a) R  82  52  2  8  5cos130o
2
M1
Use of cosine rule
A1 At most one error e.g. 50 in place of 130
A1 Correct unsimplified.
R  11.9 N (3 SF) A1 12 or better
(4)
7a alt R   5  8cos50  8sin 50 

2 2 2
Use of Pythagoras (with usual rules for
M1
resolved components)
  10.14 2
 6.132  A1 At most one error
A1 Correct unsimplified.
R  11.9 N (3 SF) A1
(4)
(b) sin  sin130 M1 Independent M1.


5 11.85 Use of sine rule or cosine rule with their R
A1ft Follow their R

sin130
sin   DM1 Solve for 
11.85
  19o A1
(4)
7balt 8sin 50 Independent M1

tan  
5  8cos 50 M1 Correct use of trig to find direction of R
Or use cosine rule to find 
  31.1... A1ft Correct unsimplified. Follow their components
  50  
DM1 Use their  to solve for 
  19o A1
Alternatively, find   58.8.... and use
    40
(4)
[8]

8. (a)
R  mg B1 Resolve vertically at Q
1 B1 Use of F   R
F R
2
T  F  ma M1 Equation of motion for Q
A1
2mg sin   T  2ma M1 Equation of motion for P

Condone sign error(s) and sin/cos confusion
A1
(i) dM1 Solve for a or T

Dependent on 2 correct equations (one of
which could be for the whole system)
7g A1 a or T correct
a  2.3 or 2.29 ms-2
30
(ii) 7mg mg dM1 Solve for second unknown
T  Dependent on 2 correct equations (one of
30 2
which could be for the whole system)
11mg A1 Both correct
 (10) Accept T  7.2m or better
15
(b) M1
a  0  2mg sin   T  0 Use equation of motion of P to find T.
6mg
 T  A1 11.76m 
5
6mg dM1 For Q, T   R . Dependent on preceding M
 mg 
5 Condone use of T   R
A1
Least value is 1.2 (4)
(b) alt
2mg sin    R  0 M1A1 Using the combined equation
6
mg   mg M1 Substitute for trig and R and solve
5
A1
Least value is 1.2
(4)
[14]

January 2018
Pearson Edexcel
International Advanced Subsidiary Level
In Mechanics M1 (WME01)
Paper 01
occupational and specific programmes for employers. For further information visit
our qualifications websites at www.edexcel.com or www.btec.co.uk. Alternatively,
you can get in touch with us using the details on our contact us page at
Pearson aspires to be the world’s leading learning company. Our aim is to help
everyone progress in their lives through education. We believe in every kind of
learning, for all kinds of people, wherever they are in the world. We’ve been
involved in education for over 150 years, and by working across 70 countries, in
100 languages, we have built an international reputation for our commitment to
high standards and raising achievement through innovation in education. Find out
more about how we can help you and your students at: www.pearson.com/uk
January 2018
 All candidates must receive the same

treatment. Examiners must mark the first candidate
 Mark schemes should be applied positively.
Candidates must be rewarded for what they have
shown they can do rather than penalised for
omissions.
 Examiners should mark according to the mark
scheme not according to their perception of where the
grade boundaries may lie.
 There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks
on the mark scheme should be used appropriately.
 All the marks on the mark scheme are designed
to be awarded. Examiners should always award full
marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark
scheme. Examiners should also be prepared to award
zero marks if the candidate’s response is not worthy of
 Where some judgement is required, mark
schemes will provide the principles by which marks
will be awarded and exemplification may be limited.
 When examiners are in doubt regarding the
application of the mark scheme to a candidate’s
response, the team leader must be consulted.
 Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS
the candidate has replaced it with an alternative
response.
1. The total number of marks for the paper is 75
 M marks: Method marks are awarded for ‘knowing a method and attempting to
 A marks: Accuracy marks can only be awarded if the relevant method (M)
marks have been earned.
 B marks are unconditional accuracy marks (independent of M marks)
 Marks should not be subdivided.
3. Abbreviations
These are some of the traditional marking abbreviations that will appear in the
mark schemes.

 cso - correct solution only. There must be no errors in this part of the
 o.e. – or equivalent (and appropriate)
 d… or dep – dependent
  The answer is printed on the paper or ag- answer given
 or d… The second mark is dependent on gaining the first mark
5. For misreading which does not alter the character of a question or materially simplify it,
deduct two from any A or B marks gained, in that part of the question affected.

 If all but one attempt is crossed out, mark the attempt which is NOT crossed out.


time it occurs.
the question.
HL Hooke’s Law

January 2018
Mechanics 1 – WME01
Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
A B
30° 45°
1 TB
TA
C
W
N.B. If they assume that the tensions are the same, can score
max:M0A0M1A0DM0A0A0.
If they use the same angles, can score max: M1A0M1A0DM0A0A0
Resolve parallel to AB: TA cos30  TB cos 45 M1A1
Resolve perpendicular to AB: W  TA sin 30  TB sin 45 M1A1
Solve for TA or TB DM1
2
TA  W   0.73W  (or better) A1
1 3
6
TB  W   0.90W  (or better) A1
1 3
(7)
Alternative (triangle of forces):

TA
60°
75°
W
TB
45°
TA W
Sine rule for TA:  M1A1
sin 45 sin 75
TB W
Sine rule for TB:  M1A1
sin 60 sin 75
Solve for TA or TB: TA  0.73W (or better ) DM1A1
TB  0.90W (or better) A1
(7)
[7]
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Notes for question 1

1 First M1 for resolving horizontally with usual rules
Second M1 for resolving vertically with usual rules
Third DM1, dependent on both previous M marks, for solving for either
TA or TB
Third A1 for TA = 0.73W or better or any correct surd answer but A0 for
W
, where k is a decimal. Allow ‘invisible brackets’
k
Fourth A1 for TB = 0.90W or better (0.9W is A0) or any correct surd
W
answer but A0 for , where k is a decimal.
k
Alternative using sine rule or Lami’s Theorem
TA W
First M1A1 for  oe (e.g. allow sin 105 or reciprocals)
sin 45 sin 75
TB W
Second M1 for  (allow sin 30 and/or sin 105)
sin 60 sin 75
TB W
Second A1 for 
sin 60 sin 75
Third DM1, dependent on either previous M mark, for solving for either
TA or TB
Third A1 for TA = 0.73W or better or any correct surd answer but A0 for
W
, where k is a decimal.
k
Fourth A1 for TB = 0.90W or better or any correct surd answer but A0
W
for , where k is a decimal.
k
1
8
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
20 N
2.
θ P
F
40 N
Resolve horizontally: F  20cos  Their F e.g. allow  R M1A1

Resolve vertically: R  40  20sin  M1A1
Use of F   R : 20cos     40  20sin   DM1
20cos  cos 
  Given Answer A1
40  20sin  2  sin 
[6]
2 First M1 for resolving horizontally with usual rules
Second M1 for resolving vertically with usual rules
Third DM1, dependent on both previous M marks, for use of F   R to
give inequality in  only. (N.B. If they use F =  R in the horizontal
resolution, this mark is not available)
Third A1 for given answer
1
9
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
2u u
A B
3a 2m km
u
v
2
u 
 2m    2u  
Impulse on A M1A1
2 
Magnitude of impulse  5mu A1
(3)
 u
3b CLM: 2m  2u  km  u  2m      kmv M1A1
 2
Use of v  0 : kmv  5mu  kmu  0 DM1
k 5 Given Answer A1
(4)
3b alt Alternative: Impulse on B: 5mu  km  v   u   M1A1
5u 5u
v  u OR k
k uv
5u
Use of v  0 : u  0  k  5 OR if v > 0, then k < 5
k
Given Answer DM1A1

(4)
[7]
M1 for using impulse = change in momentum for A (M0 if clearly
3a adding momenta or if g is included or if not using 2m in both terms) but
u  u 
First A1 for 2m    2u   or  2m    2u  
2  2 
Second A1 for 5mu (must be positive since magnitude) terms collected
5u
Alternative: Use CLM to find v   u then use
k
3a alt Impulse on B: = km ((5u/k - u) + u) M1A1 for the complete method
= 5mu A1
First M1 for CLM with correct no. of terms, all dimensionally correct.
3b
Condone consistent g’s or cancelled m’s and sign errors.
First A1 for a correct equation (allow  v in place of v)
Second DM1 for use of v > 0 or v < 0 as appropriate
Second A1 for given answer correctly obtained.
1
10
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
First M1 for using their impulse on A = change in momentum for B (M0

3balt if clearly adding momenta or if g is included or if not using km in both
terms) but condone sign errors.
First A1 for a correct equation (allow  v in place of v)
Second DM1 for use of v > 0 or v < 0, as appropriate, but must be from
a correct v or k, to deduce given answer.
Second A1 for given answer correctly obtained.
1
11
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
4a
6g 30°
Perpendicular to plane: R  6 g cos30 B1

Parallel to plane: 6 g sin 30  F  6a N.B. Could be their F M1A1
1
F  R seen. N.B. Could be their R B1
4
Solve for a : a  2.78 (2.8) (ms-2) M1A1
(6)
4b Use of suvat: v2  u 2  2as  2  2.78 10 M1

v  7.45417...  7.45 (7.5) (ms-1) A1
(2)
[8]
4a First B1 for R = 6gcos 30 seen
First M1 for resolving parallel to the plane with usual rules
N.B. F does not need to be substituted for this A mark
1
Second B1 for F  R seen N.B. could be their R
4
Second M1 for solving for a
Second A1 for 2.78 or 2.8
4b M1 for a complete method for finding v, using their a

A1 for 7.45 or 7.5
1
12
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
Speed
5a
20 4T T Time
Basic shape B1
20, 4T and T placed correctly DB1
(2)
5b Use of v  u  at : constant speed  0.6  20  12 (ms-1) M1A1

(Speed at end  12  0.3T )
Using v-t graph:
Distance: 705   4T   20  4T    12  12  0.3T  
12 T M1A2
2 2
 48T  120  12T  0.15T 2  60T  120  0.15T 2
Form 3 term quadratic and solve for T:
 3T 2  1200T  11700  0 T 2  400T  3900  0 M1
 T  10T  390   0 T  10 only A1

(7)
Alternative:
Use of v  u  at : constant speed  0.6  20  12 (ms-1) M1A1
Using s  ut  at 2 : 705   0.3  400    4T 12   12T  0.15T 2 
1
2
M1A2
 0.15T  60T  585  0 T  400T  3900  0 
2 2
 T  10T  390   0 T  10 only M1A1

(7)
12  0.3  theirT
5c Extra time: (2  20)  their T OR B1
0.3
Total time: 20  5T  40  T (their T) M1
 100 (s) A1
(3)
Alternative: Total time to decelerate to rest = 12/0.3 = 40 B1

Total time A to C  20  4T  40  100 M1A1
[12]
1
13
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
First B1 for basic shape. Allow if ‘extra triangle’ on end included,

5a provided B clearly marked
Second DB1 : may use, 20, 20 + 4T, 20 + 5T
First M1 for attempt to find constant speed (v = u + at or a = gradient)

5b
20 x 0.6
First A1 for 12
Second (generous) M1 for clear attempt to use 705 = total area under the
graph to give an equation in T only but must see ½ used somewhere
N.B. M0 if just a trapezium oe is used
Second A1 and Third A1: for any correct equation, -1 e.e.o.o.
Third M1 for forming and attempt to solve a 3 term quadratic
(need evidence of solving e.g. formula or factorising, if T values are
incorrect) otherwise this M mark can be implied if they state that T = 10
with no working. (T = 390 NOT needed)
Fourth A1 for T = 10.
N.B. For total area, could see:

Trapezium + Rectangle + Triangle
705   4T   20  4T    T (12  0.3T )  12 T  0.3T
12
2
Triangle + Rectangle + Trapezium
705  12 .20.12  (4T 12)  12 T 12  12  0.3T 
Triangle + Rectangle + Rectangle + Triangle
705  12 .20.12  (4T 12)  T (12  0.3T )  12 T  0.3T
Triangle + Rectangle + Trapezium (at top)
705  2 .20.12  5T (12  0.3T )  12 0.3T (5T  4T )
1
Rectangle – triangle– triangle

705  12(20  5T )  12 .20.12  12 T  0.3T
12 12
5c B1 for either additional time is  T or time to decelerate is
0.3 0.3
M1 for a correct method to find the total time, using their T
12 12
= 20 + 4T + T + T or 20 + 4T +
0.3 0.3
A1 for 100 cao
1
14
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
6a Resultant force   2i  3j   4i  5j  6i  2 j (N) M1

Use of F  ma : 6i  2 j  2a , a  3i  j M1
Magnitude: a  32  12  10   3.2 or better  (ms-2) M1A1
(4)
6b (10i  2 j)  (ui  uj)  T (3i  j) M1

10  u  3T and 2  u  T DM1A1ft
T=6 A1
(i) u=8 A1
(ii) (5)
[9]
6a First M1 for adding forces – must collect i’s and j’s
Second M1 for use of F  ma or F = ma
Third M1 for finding a magnitude
A1 for 10   3.2 or better 
First M1 for use of v  u  at with their a (M0 if clearly using F instead

6b
of a)
Second DM1, dependent on previous M, for equating cpts of i and j
First A1ft for two correct equations following their a
Second A1 for T = 6
Third A1 for u = 8
1
15
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
R 2R
A 1m C 4m D 1m
7a B
x
8g
N.B. If RC and RD reversed,

can score max: M1A1(if vert res is used)M1A0DM1A0
Consistent omission of g in both parts of this question can score all of

the marks.
Resolve vertically: 3R  8g M1A1

M(C) : 8g  x  1  4  2 R M1A1
64 g 88 g 11
8 gx  8 g   , x Given Answer DM1A1
3 3 3
(6)
N.B. (Allow RD instead of 2RC in either equation for M mark)
SC: M(G): R( x  1)  2R(5  x) M2 A2

11
x Given answer DM1 A1
3
(6)
N.B. If they use a value for a reaction found in part (a) in their part (b),
7b
no marks for part (b) available.
RF RD
A 2m F 3m D 1m B
11
m
3 8g
3g N.B. RD  kRF
Resolve vert : RF  kRF  11g
M1A1
(Allow RD instead of kRF for M mark))
5
M(F) : (kRF  3)  (3g  2)  8 g 
3 M1A1
(Allow RD instead of kRF for M mark)
2
k  oe , 0.29 or better DM1A1
7
(6)
[12]
1
16
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
First M1 for either resolving vertically or taking moments with usual
rules
Second M1 for taking moments with usual rules
N.B. Their moments equation(s) may not be in x, if they’ve clearly

defined a different distance and can score the A1 in each case.
7a Third DM1, dependent on first two M marks, for solving for x

Third A1 for “ x (or AG) = 11/3”
GIVEN ANSWER (Must be EXACT)
M(A), (R 1)  (2 R  5)  8 gx
Possible equations: M(B), (R  5)  (2 R 1)  8 g (6  x)
M(D), (R  4)  8 g (5  x)
N.B. (Allow RD instead of 2RC in all cases for M mark)
First M1 for either resolving vertically or taking moments with usual
rules
Second M1 for taking moments with usual rules
Third DM1, dependent on first two M marks, for solving for k
Third A1 for k = 2/7, any equivalent fraction or 0.29 or better
11
7b M(A), 2RF  5kRF  8 g 
3
7
M(B), 4RF  (1 kRF )  (8 g  )  (3g  6)
3
Possible equations:
4
M(D), 3RF  8 g   (3g  5)
3
5 4 11
M(G ), RF  kRF  3g 
3 3 3
N.B. (Allow RD instead of kRF in all cases for M mark)
1
17
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
A T
3 kg
8a
5kg B
3g
40° 5g
Motion of A : T  3g sin 40  3a M1A1

Motion of B : 5g  T  5a M1A1
Solve for T DM1
30 (N) or 30.2 (N) A1
(6)
1 g
8b 5g  T  5a  a   5g  T    5  3sin 40   3.76  (ms-2) M1
5 8
Use of suvat : v  u  at  3.76 1.5  5.64 (ms-1) or 5.6 (ms-1) DM1A1
(3)
1
Distance in first 1.5 seconds: s  a1.52  4.23 (m)
2
8c M1A1
their (b)2
OR: v2  u 2  2as : s  4.23 (m)
2 a
New a   g sin 40 (-ve sign not needed) B1
2
their (b)
Distance up plane : v2  u 2  2as , s  (m) DM1
2  new a
Total distance: 6.76 (m) (6.8) A1
(5)
[14]

8a First M1 for equation of motion for A, with usual rules
Second M1 for equation of motion for B, with usual rules
N.B. Either of these can be replaced by the whole system equation:
5g  3g sin 40  8a
Third DM1, dependent on previous two M marks, for solving for T
Third A1 for 30 or 30.2 (N)
First M1 for finding a value for a (possibly incorrect) This mark could
8b
be earned in part (a) BUT MUST BE USED IN (b).
Second DM1,dependent on previous M, for a complete method to find
the speed of B as it hits the ground
A1 for 5.6 or 5.64 (m s-1)
First M1 for a complete method to find distance fallen by B
8c
First A1 for 4.23 or better
1
18
Question
Scheme Marks
Number
B1 for new a   g sin 40 (- sign not needed) (seen or implied)
Second DM1, dependent on having found a new a, for a complete
method to find extra distance moved by A up the plane BUT M0 if new
a is g.
Second A1 for 6.8 or 6.76 (m).

1
19
Summer 2018

Paper 01
www.edexcel.com.
subject advisors giving you access to a portal of information. If you have any subject specific
questions about this specification that require the help of a subject specialist, you may find
our Ask The Expert email service helpful.

Summer 2018
 Mark schemes should be applied positively. Candidates must be rewarded for what
they have shown they can do rather than penalised for omissions.
 There is no ceiling on achievement. All marks on the mark scheme should be used
appropriately.
 All the marks on the mark scheme are designed to be awarded. Examiners should
always award full marks if deserved, i.e. if the answer matches the mark scheme.
Examiners should also be prepared to award zero marks if the candidate’s response
is not worthy of credit according to the mark scheme.
 Crossed out work should be marked UNLESS the candidate has replaced it with an
‘M’ marks

earned.
‘A’ marks
‘B’ marks

schemes.

obtain this mark

out.


SF.

of the question.

HL Hooke’s Law

Mechanics 1 - WME01 June 2018

Mark Scheme
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
u
Mark parts (i) and (ii) together
3u
For marking:1st equation in one unknown M1A1
P 2nd equation in one unknown M1A1
Q
3m m 1st value A1, 2nd value A1
Must be trying to subtract.

1i. Impulse - momentum equation for P M1
Terms dimensionally consistent.
5mu  3m(vP  u) A1 Correct unsimplified equation
2u Final answer positive
vP  A1
3 Condone unexplained sign change
Must be trying to subtract

1ii. Impulse momentum equation for Q M1
Terms dimensionally consistent.
5mu  m(vQ  3u) A1 Correct unsimplified equation
vQ  2u A1
Need all terms and dimensionally consistent.

1ii alt Use of CLM M1
Condone sign errors.
2u
3mu  3mu  3m  mvQ
3 A1 Correct unsimplified equation
or 3mu  3mu  3mvP  2mu
vQ  2u Final answer positive
A1
Condone unexplained sign change
[6]
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
For marking:1st equation M1A1
Mark parts (i) and (ii) together 2nd equation M1A1
1st value A1, 2nd value A1
Use moments to form an equation in RC and/or RD
2a i Moments equation M1 All terms required. Dimensionally correct. Condone
sign errors.
M ( D) : (60g x 0.6) + (20g x 1.6)  RC x 2 Correct unsimplified equation
M(C): (60g x 1.4) + (20g x 0.4)  RD x 2
A1
M(A): 2  20 g  3  60 g  1.6RC  3.6RD
M(B): 0.4RD  2.4RC  60 g 1  20 g  2
RC  34g A1 333 (333.2) is an accuracy error
ii Resolve vertically M1 Or form a moments equation in RD

() RC  RD  80 g A1 Correct unsimplified equation
451 (450.8) is an accuracy error (penalise once only if
RD  46 g A1 g substituted in both answers and correct versions not
seen)
(6)
Complete method for a relevant distance
Set RD  0 and use moments to form equation in a
2b M1 Dimensionally correct equation.
relevant distance (One unknown only) Using their answers from (a) is M0
M (C ), (20 g  0.4)  (60 g  x) Correct unsimplified equation for a relevant distance
A1
where x = distance from C when beam tilts
 2
x  
 15 
Use their distance to find the distance walked DM1 Dependent on the previous M1
2 23
Distance  1.4    1.53 m A1
15 15
(4)
[10]
1
8
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
B1 shape Correct shape graph for cyclist
v B1 figs 4 marked
motorcyclist B1 shape Motorcyclist graph in relatively correct position

Must start at t  4 and must continue beyond point of
3a intersection of the graphs
8
cyclist B1 figs T  4 marked
(4)
Treat two separate graphs as two attempts and award
O 4 T+4 t the marks for the better attempt
 T T  4  Equate distances to form equation in T

3b 1
2 T .4T   8 M1
 2 
T 2  4T  8  0 A1 Simplify to 3 term quadratic
T  2  12 M1 Solve a 3 term quadratic for T
Q asks for answer to 1 dp.
T  5.5 A1
Must reject negative solution if seen.
(6)
[10]
See over
1
9
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
v B1B1
B1B0
motorcyclist
1
16  8 T  4    4 T  4  M1A1A1
2
SC1 8
2
cyclist
T 2  12T  24  0 (or equivalent) A1

T  6  2 3  9.5 M1A0
O t
4 T (marking the T as a misread)
B1B1
v
B0B0
motorcyclist
1
16  8 T  4    4T 2 M1A1A1
SC2 8 2
cyclist
2T  8T  16  0
2
A0M0A0
O 4 T t (completely changed the question but some evidence

of correct thinking)
1
10
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
4a Resolve perpendicular to the surface M1 Condone sin/cos confusion
R  2 g cos  (15.68) A1 Correct resolution
1 2g
F  R  3.9 N or 3.92 N A1 Max 3 sf for decimal answer
4 5
(3)
Equation of motion parallel to the plane.

4b 2 g sin   F  2a M1 Require all terms and dimensionally correct.
Condone sign errors and sin/cos confusion
A1ft Correct unsimplified equation in F (or their F)
4 g
a A1 Or 7.84 (ms2 ) Accept +/-
5
8g Complete method using suvat and a  g to find s
02  62  s DM1
5 Dependent on the previous M1
45
s  2.3 m or 2.30 m A1 Max 3 sf
2g
(5)
Equation for motion down the plane to find new

4c 2 g sin   F  2a M1 acceleration. Require all terms and dimensionally correct.
Condone sign errors and sin/cos confusion
A1ft Correct unsimplified equation in F (or their F)
2g
 a A1 Or 3.92 (ms 2 )
5
4 g 45 Complete method using suvat , a '  g and a '  a , to find v
v2   18  DM1
5 2g Dependent on the previous M1
g cancels
v  18  4.2 m s-1 (or better) A1
Condone 4.25 (from using rounded values).
(5)
[13]
1
11
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
5a Correct equation for v P or find displacement M1 Use of rP  r0  v Pt to find v. Allow for   i  5 j
v P  3(6i  (7i  5j))  3i  15j A1
(3)2  (15)2 M1 Use of Pythagoras to find magnitude of their v
 234  15.3  km h 1  (or better) A1 

CSO 3 26  A0 if it comes from 3i  15j
NB Could score the M marks in reverse order - find
displacement in 20 minutes and then multiply by 3
(4)
5b Use of rP  r0  v Pt : rP = 7i + 5j + t(-3i -15j) M1 For their v P

 rP   7  3t  i   5  15t  j A1 Obtain given answer from correct working
(2)
(7  3t ) 16
5c  M1 Use given answer and direction to form equation in t
(5  15t ) 5
35 15t  80  240t DM1 Solve for t. Dependent on the previous M1
t  0.2 A1
(4)
5d P and Q in the same place at the same time M1 Equate i or j components of position vectors and solve for t
 7  3t  5  2t or 5 15t  3  5t A1 Either
t  0.4 A1
Check that the same value of t gives equal values for the
DM1 Dependent on the previous M mark
other component
r  (5.8i  j) km A1 Must be a vector
(5)
[15]
1
12
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
100 N 200 N
600 kg M kg 6500 N
Complete method to form an equation in T.

6a For the trailer: M1 e.g. equation of motion for the trailer. Need all 3 terms.
100  T  600  (4) A1 Correct unsimplified equation. Allow with T
T  2300 N A1 Must be positive
(3)
Complete method to solve for M.

6b For the car and trailer: M1 Equation of motion for the car + trailer. Need all terms.
6500  100  200  4(M  600) A1 Correct unsimplified equation
M  1100 A1
Allow M1A1 if a correct equation is seen in (a) and used in
(b)
M1 Equation of motion for the car. Need all terms.
6balt For the car:
6500  200  T  4M A1 Correct unsimplified equation in T or their T
M  1100 A1
(3)
Complete method using suvat to find t
1 1
6c s  vt  at 2 M1 Clear use of s  ut  at 2 with u  0, a  4 is M0.
2 2
e.g. 40.5  2t from no working is M0A0
2
1
40.5  .4.t 2 A1 Correct unsimplified equation
2
t  4.5 s A1
(3)
[9]
1
13
Question
Scheme Marks Notes
Number
Correct trig ratios for  seen or implied
7a sin   53 or cos   54 B1
Watch out - it could be up beside the diagram
At B, (  ) M1 Complete method to form equation in TAB
 TAB sin   3g A1 Correct unsimplified equation
TAB  5g  49 N A1
(4)
7b At B, (  ) M1 Complete method to form equation in TBC

 TAB cos   TBC A1 Correct unsimplified equation. Allow with their TAB
TBC  4 g  39 or 39.2 N A1
(3)
Resolve to form equation in TCD

7c Resolve at C: M1 There is a lot of confusion over the labelling of the
tensions. Allow if a value is used correctly, whatever it is
called.
One correct equation in TCD
Could be whole system equations e.g.
At C, (  ) TCD cos   TBC A1 TAB cos   TCD cos 
TAB sin   TCD sin   3  M  g
At C, (  ) TCD sin   Mg A1 Two correct equations in TCD (=101.92)
Mg
tan   DM1 Dependent on previous M1. Use tan  and solve for M
TBC
Mg  4 g  125  M  9.6 A1
(5)
[12]
1
14

1
15

M1 Ial Ms PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

M1 Ial Ms PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Mark Scheme (Results)

Pearson Edexcel GCE in Mechanics 1

Pearson: helping people progress, everywhere

 All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners

General Instructions for Marking

1. The total number of marks for the paper is 75.

To earn the M mark, the equation

A few of the A and B marks may be f.t. – follow through – marks.

 bod – benefit of doubt

6. If a candidate makes more than one attempt at any question:

7. Ignore wrong working or incorrect statements following a correct answer.

 Omission or extra g in a resolution is an accuracy error not method error.

 Omission of mass from a resolution is a method error.

 Omission of a length from a moments equation is a method error.

 Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an accuracy error.

 Use of g = 9.81 should be penalised once per (complete) question.

N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised once

 Accept column vectors in all cases.

M(A) Taking moments about A.

N2L Newton’s Second Law (Equation of Motion)

NEL Newton’s Experimental Law (Newton’s Law of Impact)

SHM Simple harmonic motion

PCLM Principle of conservation of linear momentum

RHS, LHS Right hand side, left hand side.

t  1 or 3; Answer 2 s A1; A1 (5)

EITHER: - 9.8 = 9.8 – gT DM1 A1

OR: 0 = 9.8t - ½ g t2 DM1 A1

 Along RQ  TQ  2g cos55  11N or 11.2N M1 A1 A1

ALT 2 Alternative 2 (using a Triangle of Forces)

For lift, 200g  473  150  T  200a M1 A2

The possible equations are:

N.B. No marks in (b) if they use any answers from (a) or M = 60

s  6.4 2   16   17.23...

(b) M1 for a clear attempt at

(iii) t 3  300  2V  4V  300  6V s M1 A1 (5)

(c) V  300  300  6V  1 1 M1 A1 ft

Pearson Edexcel GCE in Mechanics 1

Pearson: helping people progress, everywhere

 All candidates must receive the same treatment. Examiners

General Instructions for Marking

1. The total number of marks for the paper is 75.

To earn the M mark, the equation

A few of the A and B marks may be f.t. – follow through – marks.

 bod – benefit of doubt

6. If a candidate makes more than one attempt at any question:

7. Ignore wrong working or incorrect statements following a correct answer.

 Omission or extra g in a resolution is an accuracy error not method error.

 Omission of mass from a resolution is a method error.

 Omission of a length from a moments equation is a method error.

 Omission of units or incorrect units is not (usually) counted as an accuracy error.

 Use of g = 9.81 should be penalised once per (complete) question.

N.B. Over-accuracy or under-accuracy of correct answers should only be penalised once

 Accept column vectors in all cases.

M(A) Taking moments about A.

N2L Newton’s Second Law (Equation of Motion)

NEL Newton’s Experimental Law (Newton’s Law of Impact)

SHM Simple harmonic motion

PCLM Principle of conservation of linear momentum

RHS, LHS Right hand side, left hand side.

(c) Equate their j components: 20t(j) = (800 - 5t)(j) M1

Force = 15.5 (N) or 15 (N) A1 (3)

M1 is for an equation for whole system in T only, with usual rules

I  0.4  (3.5  4)  3Ns M1 A1